Pearson Educationassets.pearsonschool.com/correlations/PA_GHGR_GK-5.pdf · 2016. 6. 10. · Each...

Pearson Good Habits, Great Readers Guided Reading & Shared Reading© 2007

Correlated to

Pennsylvania Academic Standards for Reading, Writing, Speaking, and Listening & Reading Anchors

Grades K – 5

Copyright © 2008 Pearson Education, Inc. or its affiliate(s). All rights reserved.

Grade Kindergarten 2 of 123

Good Habits, Great Readers Guided Reading & Shared Reading correlated to Pennsylvania Academic Standards for Reading, Writing, Speaking, and Listening & Reading Anchors Grade K

Key: V1L1 - Volume 1 Level 1; V1L2 -Volume 1 Level 2; V2L3 - Volume 2 Level 3: V2L4 - Volume 2 Level 4

1.1. Learning to Read Independently Pennsylvania’s public schools shall teach, challenge and support every student to realize his or her maximum potential and to acquire the knowledge and skills needed to:

Identify the purposes and types of text (e.g., literature, information) before reading.

Shared Reading: 30, 54, 66, 96, 108, 192, 228 Guided Reading: V1L1: 7, 11, 14, 17; V1L2: 2, 13, 15, 24; V2L3: 4, 5, 6, 17; V2L4: 2, 10, 14, 16

Preview the text formats (e.g., title, headings, chapters and table of contents).

Teacher expands upon standard when introducing a new book: Shared Reading: 30, 42, 66, 84, 108, 120, 138, 150, 162, 192, 204, 216, 228, 246, 258, 270, 282, 300, 312, 324, 354, 366, 378, 390 Guided Reading: V1L1: 1-7, 9, 11-15, 17-20; V1L2: 2, 4-5, 7, 9-14, 17-19, 22, 24; V2L3: 1, 6-8, 10-11, 13; V2L4: 1-4, 6, 8-20

Use knowledge of phonics, word analysis (e.g., root words, prefixes and suffixes), syllabication, picture and context clues to decode and understand new words during reading.

Shared Reading: 30, 42, 54, 66, 84, 96, 108, 120, 138, 150, 162, 173, 174, 178, 192, 204, 216, 228, 246, 258, 270, 282, 300, 312, 314, 324, 366, 378, 390 Guided Reading: V1L1: Each new lesson plan reinforces this standard, e.g., 1-20; V1L2: Each new lesson plan reinforces this standard, e.g., 1-25; V2L3: Each new lesson plan reinforces this standard, e.g., 1-20; V2L4: Each new lesson plan reinforces this standard, e.g., 1-20

Read text using self-monitoring comprehension strategies (e.g., predict, revise predictions, reread, use text organization including headings, graphics, and charts, and adjust reading rate).

Shared Reading: 30, 54, 66, 84, 86, 92, 100, 108, 110, 138, 150, 162, 164, 258 Guided Reading: V1L1: 2, 11, 15; V2L4: 1, 5-6, 9

Acquire a reading vocabulary by identifying and correctly using words (e.g., antonyms, synonyms, categories of words). Use a dictionary when appropriate.

Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text, e.g., 36, 48, 60, 72, 90, 102, 114, 126, 144, 156168, 180, 198, 210, 234, 252, 264, 276, 288, 306, 318, 330, 342, 360, 372, 384, 396 Guided Reading: V1L1: Each new plan contains word cards on the back cover to reinforce vocabulary, e.g., 1-20; V1L2: Each new plan contains word cards on the back cover to reinforce vocabulary, e.g., 1-25; V2L3: Each new plan contains word cards on the back cover to reinforce vocabulary, e.g., 1-20; V2L4: Each new plan contains word cards on the back cover to reinforce vocabulary, e.g., 1-20


Understand the meaning of and use correctly new vocabulary learned in various subject areas.

Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text, e.g., 36, 48, 60, 72, 90, 102, 114, 126, 144, 156168, 180, 198, 210, 234, 252, 264, 276, 288, 306, 318, 330, 342, 360, 372, 384, 396 Guided Reading: V1L1: Each new plan contains word cards on the back cover to reinforce vocabulary, e.g., 1-20; V1L2: Each new plan contains word cards on the back cover to reinforce vocabulary, e.g., 1-25; V2L3: Each new plan contains word cards on the back cover to reinforce vocabulary, e.g., 1-20; V2L4: Each new plan contains word cards on the back cover to reinforce vocabulary, e.g., 1-20

Demonstrate after reading understanding and interpretation of both fiction and nonfiction text.

Shared Reading: 140, 144, 156, 178, 180, 228, 234, 236, 324, 332 Guided Reading: V1L1: 7, 11, 17; V1L2: 13, 15, 24; V2L3: 4, 5, 6, 12, 17; V2L4: 2, 14, 16

• Retell or summarize the major ideas, themes or procedures of the text. Shared Reading: 50, 62, 74, 92, 104, 116, 128, 146, 158, 170, 224, 236, 254, 266, 278, 290, 308, 320, 374 Guided Reading: V1L1: 9; V1L2: 8, 12, 18, 20, 22; V2L3: 9, 15; V2L4: 9

• Connect the new information or ideas in the text to known information. Shared Reading: 278, 290 Guided Reading: V1L1: 3; V1L2: 14, 25; V2L4: 19

• Clarify ideas and understandings through rereading and discussion. Shared Reading: 66, 156, 170, 182, 320 Guided Reading: V1L1: 8, 13; V1L2: 4, 11, 16, 23; V2L3: 10, 13, 14, 18; V2L4: 3, 5, 6, 8, 11, 15

• Make responsible assertions about the text by citing evidence from the text.

Shared Reading: Achieved through various comprehension strategies found throughout text: 140, 144, 178, 180, 228, 234, 236, 260, 324, 332 Guided Reading: V1L1: 1; V1L2: 21; V2L3: 1; V2L4: 9

Demonstrate fluency and comprehension in reading. Fluency: Shared Reading: See 1st grade. Guided Reading: V2L3: 1, 11, 15, 16, 17, 20; V2L4: 1-3, 6-10, 13-17, 19-20 Comprehension: Shared Reading: 140, 144, 156, 178, 180, 228, 234, 236, 324, 332 Guided Reading: Teacher can evaluate student ability to demonstrate comprehension through teaching plans: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20


• Read familiar materials aloud with accuracy. Shared Reading: Each new lesson contains multiple opportunities to read familiar materials aloud; teacher evaluates for accuracy: e.g., 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: V1L1: Each new teaching plan contains multiple opportunities to read familiar materials aloud; teacher evaluates for accuracy: e.g., 1-20; V1L2: Each new teaching plan contains multiple opportunities to read familiar materials aloud; teacher evaluates for accuracy: e.g., 1-25; V2L3 : Each new teaching plan contains multiple opportunities to read familiar materials aloud; teacher evaluates for accuracy: e.g., 1-20; V2L4: Each new teaching plan contains multiple opportunities to read familiar materials aloud; teacher evaluates for accuracy: e.g., 1-20; V2L4

• Self-correct mistakes. Shared Reading: Teacher can determine through any activity in text: e.g.; 30, 66, 96, 150, 174, 216, 282, 324, 390 Guided Reading: Teacher can determine through any activity in Teaching Plans: e.g.; V1L1: 1, 6, 10, 14; V1L2: 3, 9, 12, 16; V2L3: 5, 12, 16, 20; V2L4: 4, 8, 13, 18

• Use appropriate rhythm, flow, meter and pronunciation. See 1st Grade.

• Read a variety of genres and types of text. Shared Reading: 30, 54, 66, 84, 96, 108, 120, 138, 150, 162, 174, 178, 192, 204, 216, 228, 246, 258, 262, 270, 282, 300, 312, 324, 336, 366, 377, 378, 380 Guided Reading: Each new teaching plan contains multiple opportunities to read a variety of genres and types of text: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

• Demonstrate comprehension (Standard 1.1.3.G.). Shared Reading: 140, 144, 156, 178, 180, 228, 234, 236, 324, 332 Guided Reading: Teacher can evaluate student ability to demonstrate comprehension through teaching plans: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20


1.2. Reading Critically in All Content Areas Pennsylvania’s public schools shall teach, challenge and support every student to realize his or her maximum potential and to acquire the knowledge and skills needed to:

Read and understand essential content of informational texts and documents in all academic areas.

Teacher can determine through any activity found in Shared Reading and Guided Reading.

• Differentiate fact from opinion within text. Shared Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teacher’s Guide to expand upon standard: e.g.; 108, 120, 150, 248, 250, 254, 262, 266, 270 Guided Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teaching Plans to expand on standard: e.g.; V1L1: 1-2, 18; V1L2: 7, 10, 15, 21; V2L3: 1, 6, 8, 17; V2L4: 9, 13, 16, 18

• Distinguish between essential and nonessential information within a text.

Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text for teacher to model and expand upon to meet standard: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: Opportunities throughout text for teacher to instruct and expand upon standard to: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

• Make inferences from text when studying a topic (e.g., science, social studies) and draw conclusions based on text.


• Analyze text organization and content to derive meaning from text using established criteria.

Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text for teacher to model and expand upon to meet standard: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: Opportunities throughout text for teacher to instruct and expand upon standard to: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

Use and understand a variety of media and evaluate the quality of material produced. N/A

• Use electronic media for research. N/A

• Identify techniques used in television and use the knowledge to distinguish between facts and misleading information.

N/A


• Assess the quality of media project (e.g., script, play, audiotape) that has been developed for a targeted audience.

N/A

Produce work in at least one literary genre that follows the conventions of the genre.

Shared Reading: 335 Guided Reading: V1L2: 25; V2L3: 11

1.3. Reading, Analyzing and Interpreting Literature Pennsylvania’s public schools shall teach, challenge and support every student to realize his or her maximum potential and to acquire the knowledge and skills needed to:

Read and understand works of literature. Shared Reading: Teacher determines student understanding of literature through book introduced throughout text: e.g.; 30, 66, 96, 138, 162, 216, 258, 282, 300 Guided Reading: Multiple opportunities found throughout Teaching Plans: V1L1: 120; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

Identify literary elements in stories describing characters, setting and plot. Shared Reading: Character: 192, 204; Setting: 194, 206, 216; Plot: See 1st Grade Guided Reading: Character: V2L3: 14, 18; V2L4: 6, 15; Setting: V2L3: 10, 13; Plot: V1L1: 8; V2L3: 19; V2L4: 3, 11, 12

Identify literary devices in stories (e.g., rhyme, rhythm, personification). See 2nd Grade for personification. Shared Reading: 41, 58, 70, 112, 142, 166, 191 Guided Reading: V1L1: 1, 5; V1L2: 4, 7, 13, 23, 25; V2L3: 3, 5-11, 14-18, 20: V2L4: 2-3, 5-20

Identify the structures in poetry (e.g., pattern books, predictable books, nursery rhymes).

Shared Reading: 54, 58, 62, 112, 174, 178, 180, 182, 336, 338, 340, 342, 344 Guided Reading: V1L1: 1, 5; V1L2: 4, 7, 13, 23, 25; V2L3: 3, 5-11, 14-18, 20: V2L4: 2-3, 5-20

Identify the structures in drama (e.g., dialogue, story enactment, acts, scenes).

Shared Reading: 53, 83, 245, 353 Guided Reading: Teacher can expand upon lessons in Teaching Plans: V1L1: 8, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 19; V1L2: 2, 5, 7, 14, 18; V2L3: 3, 12, 14, 18; V2L4: 3, 6, 10, 12

Read and respond to nonfiction and fiction including poetry and drama. Shared Reading: 53, 83, 191, 245, 353, 365, 386 Guided Reading: Multiple opportunities found throughout Teaching Plans: V1L1: 120; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20


1.4. Types of Writing Pennsylvania’s public schools shall teach, challenge and support every student to realize his or her maximum potential and to acquire the knowledge and skills needed to:

Write narrative pieces (e.g., stories, poems, plays). Shared Reading: 323, 335, 353 Guided Reading: Teacher can use and expand upon activities in Teaching Plans: V1L2: 1, 4, 8, 10, 15, 19, 20, 23-25; V2L3: 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 17-20; V2L4: 1, 3, 5-8, 10, 11, 13, 15, 17, 18, 19

• Include detailed descriptions of people, places and things. Shared Reading: 323, 335, 353 Guided Reading: Teacher can use and expand upon activities in Teaching Plans: V1L2: 1, 4, 8, 10, 15, 19, 20, 23-25; V2L3: 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 17-20; V2L4: 1, 3, 5-8, 10, 11, 13, 15, 17, 18, 19

• Use relevant illustrations. Shared Reading: 29, 41, 95, 107, 137, 149, 161, 173, 215, 269, 323, 335, 353, 377 Guided Reading: Teacher can use and expand upon activities in Teaching Plans: V1L2: 1, 4, 8, 10, 15, 19, 20, 23-25; V2L3: 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 17-20; V2L4: 1, 3, 5-8, 10, 11, 13, 15, 17, 18, 19

• Include literary elements Teacher determines through writing activities: Shared Reading: 323, 335, 353 Guided Reading: Teacher can use and expand upon activities in Teaching Plans: V1L2: 1, 4, 8, 10, 15, 19, 20, 23-25; V2L3: 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 17-20; V2L4: 1, 3, 5-8, 10, 11, 13, 15, 17, 18, 19

Write informational pieces (e.g., descriptions, letters, reports, instructions) using illustrations when relevant.

Shared Reading: 29, 41, 95, 107, 137, 149, 161, 173, 215, 269, 323, 335, 353, 377 Guided Reading: Teacher can use and expand upon activities in Teaching Plans: V1L2: 1, 4, 8, 10, 15, 19, 20, 23-25; V2L3: 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 17-20; V2L4: 1, 3, 5-8, 10, 11, 13, 15, 17, 18, 19

Write an opinion and support it with facts. See 2nd Grade.

1.5. Quality of Writing Pennsylvania’s public schools shall teach, challenge and support every student to realize his or her maximum potential and to acquire the knowledge and skills needed to:

Write with a sharp, distinct focus identifying topic, task and audience. See 1st and 2nd Grades.

Write using well-developed content appropriate for the topic. See 1st and 2nd Grades.


• Gather and organize information. See 1st and 2nd Grades.

• Write a series of related sentences or paragraphs with one central idea. See 1st and 2nd Grades.

• Incorporate details relevant and appropriate to the topic. See 1st and 2nd Grades.

Write with controlled and/or subtle organization. Teacher determines through writing activities: Shared Reading: 323, 335, 353, 400-402 Guided Reading: Teacher can use and expand upon activities in Teaching Plans: V1L2: 1, 4, 8, 10, 15, 19, 20, 23-25; V2L3: 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 17-20; V2L4: 1, 3, 5-8, 10, 11, 13, 15, 17, 18, 19

• Sustain a logical order. Teacher determines through writing activities: Shared Reading: 323, 335, 353, 400-402 Guided Reading: Teacher can use and expand upon activities in Teaching Plans: V1L2: 1, 4, 8, 10, 15, 19, 20, 23-25; V2L3: 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 17-20; V2L4: 1, 3, 5-8, 10, 11, 13, 15, 17, 18, 19

• Include a recognizable beginning, middle and end. Teacher can use and expand upon lessons to help students include a recognizable beginning, middle and end in writing: Shared Reading: 120, 323, 353, 402 Guided Reading: Any lesson: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

Write with an awareness of the stylistic aspects of composition. Teacher determines through writing activities: Shared Reading: 323, 335, 353 Guided Reading: Teacher can use and expand upon activities in Teaching Plans: V1L2: 1, 4, 8, 10, 15, 19, 20, 23-25; V2L3: 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 17-20; V2L4: 1, 3, 5-8, 10, 11, 13, 15, 17, 18, 19

• Use sentences of differing lengths and complexities. Shared Reading: 95, 137, 161, 269 Guided Reading: Each lesson plan contains sentence writing activities on the back of the card that reinforces standard: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 120

• Use descriptive words and action verbs. Shared Reading: 198, 311, 318 Guided Reading: V1L1: 5-7, 12-15, 20; V1L2: 1-2, 7, 14, 16-19, 24; V2L3: 4, 7, 13, 16-17, 20; V2L4: 1, 4-5, 11, 15, 20

Revise writing to improve detail and order by identifying missing information and determining whether ideas follow logically.

See 1st and 2nd Grades.

Edit writing using the conventions of language. Teacher determines through writing activities: Shared Reading: 323, 335, 353 Guided Reading: Teacher can use and expand upon activities in Teaching Plans: V1L2: 1, 4, 8, 10, 15, 19, 20, 23-25; V2L3: 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 17-20; V2L4: 1, 3, 5-8, 10, 11, 13, 15, 17, 18, 19


• Spell common, frequently used words correctly. Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text, e.g., 36, 48, 60, 72, 90, 102, 114, 126, 144, 156, 168, 180, 198, 210, 234, 252, 264, 276, 288, 306, 318, 330, 342, 360, 372, 384, 396 Guided Reading: Each new lesson plan contains word lists used in subsequent readings: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

• Use capital letters correctly (first word in sentences, proper nouns, pronoun "I").

Shared Reading: 53, 58, 65, 70, 83, 88, 95, 100, 107, 112, 119, 124, 140, 149, 154, 173, 178, 203, 208 Guided Reading: Teacher can use lessons in Teaching Plans to demonstrate and expand upon to satisfy standard: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

• Punctuate correctly (periods, exclamation points, question marks, commas in a series).

Shared Reading: 230, 248, 260 Guided Reading: Each new lesson plan provides opportunities to instruct students on punctuation: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

• Use nouns, pronouns, verbs, adjectives, adverbs and conjunctions properly.

Teacher can use activities found in Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans to expand upon to meet standard: Shared Reading: 198, 311, 318 Guided Reading: V1L1: 5-7, 12-15, 20; V1L2: 1-2, 7, 14, 16-19, 24; V2L3: 4, 7, 13, 16-17, 20; V2L4: 1, 4-5, 11, 15, 20

• Use complete sentences (simple, compound, declarative, interrogative, exclamatory and imperative).

Shared Reading: 95, 137, 161, 269 Guided Reading: Each lesson plan contains simple sentence writing activities on the back of the card: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

Present and/or defend written work for publication when appropriate. N/A

1.6. Speaking and Listening Pennsylvania’s public schools shall teach, challenge and support every student to realize his or her maximum potential and to acquire the knowledge and skills needed to: Listen to others. Shared and Guided Reading: Teacher determines through any

discussion found in Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans. • Ask questions as an aid to understanding. Shared Reading: 96, 98, 102, 104, 252, 324, 330, 332 Guided

Reading: Each new lesson plan contains opportunities for students to generate questions: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

• Distinguish fact from opinion. Shared Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teacher’s Guide to expand upon standard: e.g.; 108, 120, 150, 248, 250, 254, 262, 266, 270 Guided Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teaching Plans to expand on standard: e.g.; V1L1: 1-2, 18; V1L2: 7, 10, 15, 21; V2L3: 1, 6, 8, 17; V2L4: 9, 13, 16, 18


Listen to a selection of literature (fiction and/or nonfiction). Shared Reading: Fiction: 30, 66, 84, 228, 246, 258, 300, 324, 354, 378, 380, 384; Nonfiction: 96, 108, 120, 150, 162, 246, 258, 270, 312, 366, 368 Guided Reading: V1L1: 7, 11, 17; V1L2: 13, 15, 24; V2L3: 4, 5, 6, 12, 17; V2L4: 2, 14, 16

• Relate it to similar experiences. Shared Reading: 138, 140, 142, 144, 156, 260, 278, 290 Guided Reading: V1L1: 3, 13; V1L2: 4, 11, 14, 23, 25; V2L4: 19

• Predict what will happen next. Shared Reading: 66, 84, 100, 108, 110, 138, 150, 162, 164, 258 Guided Reading: V1L1: 2; V1L2: 1, 5, 6, 9; V2L3: 2, 11, 15

• Retell a story in chronological order. Shared Reading: 50, 62, 74, 92, 104, 116, 128 Guided Reading: V1L2: 8. 20, 22; V2L3: 9

• Recognize character and tone. Shared Reading: 192, 198, 200, 204 Guided Reading: V2L3: 14, 18; V2L4: 6, 15

• Identify and define new words and concepts. Shared and Guided Reading: Multiple opportunities found throughout Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: e.g.; 30, 66, 96, 120, 122, 140, 164, 206, 324, 380; V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

Speak using skills appropriate to formal speech situations. Teacher determines through class activities: Shared Reading: 53, 83, 156, 170, 182, 245, 320, 353 Guided Reading: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

• Use appropriate volume. Teacher determines through class activities: Shared Reading: 53, 83, 156, 170, 182, 245, 320, 353 Guided Reading: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

• Pronounce most words accurately. Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text, e.g., 36, 48, 60, 72, 90, 102, 114, 126, 144, 156168, 180, 198, 210, 234, 252, 264, 276, 288, 306, 318, 330, 342, 360, 372, 384, 396 Guided Reading: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

• Pace speech so that is understandable. Teacher determines through class activities: Shared Reading: 53, 83, 156, 170, 182, 245, 320, 353 Guided Reading: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

• Demonstrate an awareness of audience. Teacher determines through class activities: Shared Reading: 53, 83, 156, 170, 182, 245, 320, 353 Guided Reading: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

Contribute to discussions. Teacher determines through class activities: Shared Reading: 53, 83, 156, 170, 182, 245, 320, 353 Guided Reading: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20


• Ask relevant questions. Teacher determines through class activities: Shared Reading: 53, 83, 156, 170, 182, 245, 320, 353 Guided Reading: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

• Respond with appropriate information or opinions to questions asked. Teacher determines through class activities: Shared Reading: 53, 83, 156, 170, 182, 245, 320, 353 Guided Reading: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

• Listen to and acknowledge the contributions of others. Teacher determines through class activities: Shared Reading: 53, 83, 156, 170, 182, 245, 320, 353 Guided Reading: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

• Display appropriate turn-taking behaviors. Teacher determines through class activities: Shared Reading: 53, 83, 156, 170, 182, 245, 320, 353 Guided Reading: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

Participate in small and large group discussions and presentations. Teacher determines through class activities: Shared Reading: 53, 83, 156, 170, 182, 245, 320, 353 Guided Reading: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

• Participate in everyday conversation. Teacher determines through class activities: Shared Reading: 53, 83, 156, 170, 182, 245, 320, 353 Guided Reading: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

• Present oral readings. Teacher determines and can expand upon class activities: Shared Reading: 53, 83, 156, 170, 182, 245, 320, 353 Guided Reading: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

• Deliver short reports (e.g., Show-and-Tell, field trip summary). Teacher determines and can expand upon class activities: Shared Reading: 53, 83, 156, 170, 182, 245, 320, 353 Guided Reading: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

• Conduct short interviews. Teacher determines and can expand upon class activities: Shared Reading: 53, 83, 156, 170, 182, 245, 320, 353 Guided Reading: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

• Give simple directions and explanations. Teacher determines and can expand upon class activities: Shared Reading: 53, 83, 156, 170, 182, 245, 320, 353 Guided Reading: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

• Report an emergency. N/A

Use media for learning purposes. N/A

• Explain the importance of television, radio, film and Internet in the lives of people.

N/A


• Explain how advertising sells products. N/A

• Show or explain what was learned (e.g., audiotape, computer download).

Shared Reading: Audio Center activities: 41, 65, 83, 95, 107, 119, 137, 149, 161, 191, 203, 227, 257, 269, 281, 290, 311, 323

1.7. Characteristics and Functions of the English Language Pennsylvania’s public schools shall teach, challenge and support every student to realize his or her maximum potential and to acquire the knowledge and skills needed to: Identify words from other languages that are commonly used English words.

Shared Reading: Teacher can use and expand upon ESL/ELL Support: e.g.; 31, 43, 87, 117, 145, 177, 193, 207, 211 Guided Reading: Teacher can use and expand upon ESL/ELL Support: V1L1: 120; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

Identify variations in the dialogues of literary characters and relate them to differences in occupation or geographical location.

Shared Reading: Teacher can use and expand upon ESL/ELL Support: e.g.; 31, 43, 87, 117, 145, 177, 193, 207, 211 Guided Reading: Teacher can use and expand upon ESL/ELL Support: V1L1: 120; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

1.8. Research Pennsylvania’s public schools shall teach, challenge and support every student to realize his or her maximum potential and to acquire the knowledge and skills needed to:

Select a topic for research. N/A

Locate information using appropriate sources and strategies. N/A

• Locate resources for a particular task (e.g., newspapers, dictionary). N/A

• Select sources (e.g., dictionaries, encyclopedias, interviews to write a family history, observations, electronic media).

N/A

• Use tables of contents, key words and guide words. N/A • Use traditional and electronic search tools. N/A

Organize and present the main ideas from research. N/A

• Take notes from sources using a structured format. N/A • Summarize, orally or in writing, the main ideas. N/A


ASSESSMENT ANCHOR

R3.A.1 Understand fiction appropriate to grade level.

R3.A.1.1 Identify and interpret the meaning of vocabulary Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text, e.g., 36, 48, 60, 72, 90, 102, 114, 126, 144, 156, 168, 180, 198, 210, 234, 252, 264, 276, 288, 306, 318, 330, 342, 360, 372, 384, 396; Guided Reading: Each new lesson plan contains word lists used in subsequent readings: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 125; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

R3.A.1.1.1 Identify and/or interpret meaning of multiple meaning words used in text. See 2nd Grade.

R3.A.1.1.2 Identify and/or interpret a synonym or antonym of a word used in text. See 2nd Grade.

R3.A.1.2 Identify and apply word recognition skills. Shared Reading: Teacher can expand upon vocabulary lists, e.g., 36, 48, 60, 72, 90, 102, 114, 126, 144, 156, 168, 180, 198, 210, 234, 252, 264, 276, 288, 306, 318, 330, 342, 360, 372, 384, 396; Guided Reading: Teacher can expand upon each new Lesson Plan's vocabulary lists: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20;

R3.A.1.2.1 Identify how the meaning of a word is changed when an affix is added; identify the meaning of a word from the text with an affix.

See 2nd Grade.

R3.A.1.2.2 Define and/or apply how the meaning of words or phrases changes when using context clues given in explanatory sentences or through the use of examples within text.

Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text for teacher to instruct and expand upon standard: e.g., 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: Opportunities throughout text for teacher to instruct and expand upon standard: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

R3.A.1.3 Make inferences, draw conclusions based on text. Shared Reading: Achieved through various comprehension strategies found throughout text: 140, 144, 178, 180, 228, 234, 236, 260, 324, 332 Guided Reading: V1L1: 1; V1L2: 21; V2L3: 1; V2L4: 9

R3.A.1.3.1 Make inferences and/or draw conclusions based on information from text



R3.A.1.4 Identify and explain main ideas and relevant details. Shared Reading: Student ability to identify and explain main ideas and relevant details can be determined by teacher through activities in text: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: V1L1: 9; V1L2: 12; V2L3: 16; V2L4: 7, 13, 17

R3.A.1.4.1 Identify and/or explain stated or implied main ideas and relevant supporting details from text.

Shared Reading: Student ability to identify and explain main ideas and relevant details can be determined by teacher through activities in text: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: V1L1: 9; V1L2: 12; V2L3: 16; V2L4: 7, 13, 17

R3.A.1.5 Summarize a fictional text as a whole. Shared Reading: Teacher can determine student ability to summarize fictional text through lessons in text: 30, 84, 246, 258, 300, 324, 378 Guided Reading: V1L1: 5, 6, 8-10, 12-16, 19, 20; V1L2: 1, 2, 4-6, 9, 14, 17-20, 22; V2L3: 2, 7, 10, 13-16, 18-20; V2L4: 3, 5-8, 10-12, 15, 19

R3.A.1.5.1 Summarize the key details and events of a fictional text. Shared Reading: Teacher can determine student ability to summarize fictional text through lessons in text: 30, 84, 246, 258, 300, 324, 378 Guided Reading: V1L1: 5, 6, 8-10, 12-16, 19, 20; V1L2: 1, 2, 4-6, 9, 14, 17-20, 22; V2L3: 2, 7, 10, 13-16, 18-20; V2L4: 3, 5-8, 10-12, 15, 19

R3.A.1.6 Identify genre of text. Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text, e.g.; 30, 54, 66, 108, 120, 138, 216, 246 Guided Reading: Genre identified in the beginning of each new lesson: V1L1: 120; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

R3.A.1.6.1 Identify intended purpose of text. Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text, e.g., 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: Purpose identified in the beginning of each new lesson: V1L1: 120; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

R3.A.2 Understand nonfiction appropriate to grade level.

R3.A.2.1 Identify and interpret the meaning of vocabulary in nonfiction.

Shared Reading: Teacher can expand upon vocabulary lists, e.g., 36, 48, 60, 72, 90, 102, 114, 126, 144, 156, 168, 180, 198, 210, 234, 252, 264, 276, 288, 306, 318, 330, 342, 360, 372, 384, 396; Guided Reading: Teacher can expand upon each new Lesson Plan's vocabulary lists: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20;

R3.A.2.1.1 Identify and/or interpret the meaning of multiple meaning words in text. See 2nd Grade.


R3.A.2.1.2 Identify and/or interpret meaning of content-specific words used in text.

Shared and Guided Reading: Teacher can expand upon vocabulary lists to have students identify and/or interpret meaning of content-specific words used in text, e.g., 36, 48, 60, 72, 90, 102, 114, 126, 144, 156, 168, 180, 198, 210, 234, 252, 264, 276, 288, 306, 318, 330, 342, 360, 372, 384, 396; V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 120; V2L4: 1-20;

R3.A.2.2 Identify and apply word recognition skills. Shared Reading: Teacher can expand upon vocabulary lists, e.g., 36, 48, 60, 72, 90, 102, 114, 126, 144, 156, 168, 180, 198, 210, 234, 252, 264, 276, 288, 306, 318, 330, 342, 360, 372, 384, 396; Guided Reading: Teacher can expand upon each new Lesson Plan's vocabulary lists: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20;

R3.A.2.2.1 Identify how the meaning of a word is changed when an affix is added; identify and apply the meaning of a word from text with an affix.

See 2nd Grade.


Shared Reading: 30, 42, 54, 66, 84, 96, 108, 120, 138, 150, 162, 173, 174, 178, 192, 204, 216, 228, 246, 258, 270, 282, 300, 312, 314, 324, 366, 378, 390 Guided Reading: V1L1: Each new lesson plan reinforces this standard, e.g., 1-20; V1L2: Each new lesson plan reinforces this standard, e.g., 1-25; V2L3: Each new lesson plan reinforces this standard, e.g., 1-20; V2L4: Each new lesson plan reinforces this standard, e.g., 1-20

R3.A.2.3 Make inferences, draw conclusions, based on text. Shared Reading: Achieved through various comprehension strategies found throughout text: 140, 144, 178, 180, 228, 234, 236, 260, 324, 332 Guided Reading: V1L1: 1; V1L2: 21; V2L3: 1; V2L4: 9

R3.A.2.3.1 Make inferences and/or draw conclusions based on information from text.


R3.A.2.4 Identify and explain main ideas and relevant details. Shared Reading: Student ability to identify and explain main ideas and relevant details can be determined by teacher through activities in text: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: V1L1: 9; V1L2: 12; V2L3: 16; V2L4: 7, 13, 17


Shared Reading: Student ability to identify and explain main ideas and relevant details can be determined by teacher through activities in text: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: V1L1: 9; V1L2: 12; V2L3: 16; V2L4: 7, 13, 17


R3.A.2.5 Summarize a non-fictional text as a whole. Shared Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teacher’s Guide to expand upon standard: e.g.; 108, 120, 150, 248, 250, 254, 262, 266, 270 Guided Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teaching Plans to expand on standard: e.g.; V1L1: 1-2, 18; V1L2: 7, 10, 15, 21; V2L3: 1, 6, 8, 17; V2L4: 9, 13, 16, 18

R3.A.2.5.1 Summarize the major points, processes, and/or events of a non-fictional text as a whole.

Shared Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teacher’s Guide to expand upon standard: e.g.; 108, 120, 150, 248, 250, 254, 262, 266, 270 Guided Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teaching Plans to expand on standard: e.g.; V1L1: 1-2, 18; V1L2: 7, 10, 15, 21; V2L3: 1, 6, 8, 17; V2L4: 9, 13, 16, 18

R3.A.2.6 Identify genre of text. Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text, e.g.; 30, 54, 66, 108, 120, 138, 216, 246 Guided Reading: Genre identified in the beginning of each new lesson: V1L1: 120; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

R3.A.2.6.1 Identify intended purpose of text. Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text, e.g., 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: Purpose identified in the beginning of each new lesson: V1L1: 120; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

R3.B.1 Understand components within and between texts.

R3.B.1.1 Identify, interpret, compare, and describe components of fiction and literary nonfiction.

Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text, e.g., 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: Opportunities throughout text for teacher to instruct and expand upon standard to identify, interpret, compare, and describe components of fiction and nonfiction: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

R3.B.1.1.1 Identify interpret, compare, and/or describe components of fiction and literary nonfiction.

Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text, e.g., 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: Opportunities throughout text for teacher to instruct and expand upon standard to identify, interpret, compare, and describe components of fiction and nonfiction: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

Character (may also be called narrator, speaker, subject of a biography):

Shared Reading: 192, 198, 200, 204 Guided Reading: V2L3: 14, 18; V2L4: 6, 15


Identify, interpret, compare, and/or describe character actions, motives, dialogue, emotions/feelings, traits, and relationships among characters within fictional or literary non-fictional text.

Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text, e.g., 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: Opportunities throughout text for teacher to instruct and expand

upon standard to identify, interpret, compare, and describe character actions, motives, dialogue, emotions/feelings, traits, and relationships among characters within fictional or non-fictional text: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

Identify, interpret, compare, and/or describe the relationship between characters and other components of text.

Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text, e.g., 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: Opportunities throughout text for teacher to instruct and expand upon standard to identify, interpret, compare, and describe the relationship between characters and other components of text: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

Setting: Shared Reading: 194, 206, 216 Guided Reading: V2L3: 10, 13

Identify, interpret, compare and/or describe the setting. (when or where a story or personal narrative takes place.)

Shared Reading: 194, 206, 216 Guided Reading: V2L3: 10, 13

Plot (may also be called action): Shared Reading: See 1st Grade Guided Reading: V1L1: 8; V2L3: 19; V2L4: 3, 11, 12

Identify, interpret, compare and/or describe elements of the plot (conflict/problem, sequence of events, cause and effect relationships in the plot, how the problem was solved).

Shared Reading: See 1st Grade Guided Reading: V1L1: 8; V2L3: 19; V2L4: 3, 11, 12

R3.B.1.2 Make connections between texts. Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text, e.g., 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: Opportunities throughout text for teacher to instruct and expand upon standard to make connections between texts: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20


R3.B.1.2.1 Identify, interpret, compare and/or describe connections between texts.

Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text, e.g., 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: Opportunities throughout text for teacher to instruct and expand upon standard to identify, interpret, compare, and/or describe connections between texts: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

R3.B.2.1 Identify and interpret figurative language in fiction and nonfiction.

Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text, e.g., 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: Opportunities throughout text to use figurative language: V1L1: 1-20; V1L2: 1-25; V2L3: 1-20; V2L4: 1-20

R3.B.1.2.1 Identify and/or interpret examples of personification in text. See 2nd Grade.

R3.B.3 Understand concepts and organization of non-fictional text.

R3.B.3.1 Differentiate fact from opinion in non-fictional text. Shared Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teacher’s Guide to expand upon standard: e.g.; 108, 120, 150, 248, 250, 254, 262, 266, 270 Guided Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teaching Plans to expand on standard: e.g.; V1L1: 1-2, 18; V1L2: 7, 10, 15, 21; V2L3: 1, 6, 8, 17; V2L4: 9, 13, 16, 18

R3.B.3.1.1 Identify and/or interpret statements of fact and opinion in non-fictional text.


R3.B.3.2 Distinguish between essential and nonessential information within text.


R3.B.3.2.1 Identify exaggeration (bias) where present in non-fictional text.



R3.B.3.3 Identify, compare, explain, and interpret how text organization clarifies meaning of non-fictional text.


R5.B.3.3.1 Identify and/or interpret text organization, including sequence, question/answer, comparison/contrast, cause/effect or problem/solution.

Shared Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teacher’s Guide to expand upon standard: e.g.; 108, 120, 150, 248, 250, 254, 262, 266, 270, 282, 318 Guided Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teaching Plans to expand on standard: e.g.; V1L1: 1-2, 18; V1L2: 3, 7, 10, 15, 21; V2L3: 1, 6, 8, 17; V2L4: 9, 13, 16, 18, 20

R5.B.3.3.2 Use headings to locate information in a passage, or identify content that

Shared Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teacher’s Guide to

would best fit in a specific section of text. expand upon standard: e.g.; 108, 120, 150, 248, 250, 254, 262, 266, 270 Guided Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teaching Plans to expand on standard: e.g.; V1L1: 1-2, 18; V1L2: 7, 10, 15, 21; V2L3: 1, 6, 8, 17; V2L4: 9, 13, 16, 18

R5.B.3.3.3 Interpret graphics and charts and/or make connections between text and the content of graphics and charts.

Shared Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teacher’s Guide to expand upon standard: e.g.; 108, 120, 150, 248, 250, 254, 262, 266, 270, 400, 401 Guided Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teaching Plans to expand on standard: e.g.; V1L1: 1-2, 18; V1L2: 7, 10, 15, 21; V2L3: 1, 6, 8, 17; V2L4: 9, 13, 16, 18; also back of cards on each nonfiction lesson includes graphs/charts.

R3.B.3.3.4 Identify, compare, explain, and interpret how text organization clarifies meaning of non-fictional text.


Grade 1 20 of 123

Good Habits, Great Readers Guided Reading & Shared Reading© 2007 correlated to Pennsylvania Academic Standards for Reading, Writing, Speaking, and Listening & Reading Anchors Grade 1

V1L6 - Volume 1 Level 6; V1L8 - Volume 1 Level 8; V2L10 - Volume 2 Level 10: V2L12 - Volume 2 Level 12; V3L14 - Volume 3 Level 14; V3L16 - 3 Level 16



Each new lesson contains multiple opportunities to identify specific purposes for reading Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-23; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22


Each new lesson contains multiple opportunities for teacher to preview the text formats: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-23; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22


Shared Reading: 32, 44, 56, 68, 98, 86, 110, 122, 140, 152, 164, 176, 194, 206, 218, 230, 248, 260, 272, 284, 300, 314, 326, 338, 356, 368, 380, 392 Guided Reading: V1L6: 2-3, 5-6, 8-10, 8-14, 16-19, 21-22; V1L8: 3-5, 7-8, 10, 1214, 20; V2L10: 1-7, 9-12, 14-22; V2L12: 1-7, 9, 11-13, 15-18, 20, 23; V3L14: 2, 4-5, 7, 9, 11-16, 18-19, 21-22; V3L16: 4, 6-14, 17, 21-22


Shared Reading: 66, 114, 126 Guided Reading: Opportunities through rereading and assessment: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-22; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22: V3L16: 1-23


Shared Reading: 34, 178 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1; V1L8: 16; V2L12: 12, 21; V3L14: 7, 10, 14, 19; V3L16: 6-7, 15

Grade 1 21 of 123


Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text: 30, 34, 42, 46, 54, 66, 58, 70, 84, 88, 96, 100, 108, 112, 120, 124, 137-138, 149, 150, 154, 161-162, 166, 173, 174, 178, 192, 196, 204, 208, 216, 220, 222, 228, 232, 246, 250, 258, 262, 270, 274, 282, 286, 304, 312, 316, 324, 328, 336, 340, 354, 358, 365, 370, 378, 382, 390, 394 Guided Reading: New vocabulary introduced in each new lesson plan: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-22; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22


Each new lesson contains multiple opportunities to determine student ability to demonstrate after reading understanding of both fictional and nonfiction text: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-23; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

• Retell or summarize the major ideas, themes or procedures of the text. Shared Reading: 38, 50, 62, 104, 137, 257, 290, 323, 362, 374 Guided Reading: V1L6: 17, 20; V1L8: 16, 21; V2L10: 6, 15; V2L12: 12, 18; V3L14: 12, 20

• Connect the new information or ideas in the text to known information. Shared Reading: 38, 50, 62, 104, 137, 257, 290, 323, 362, 374 Guided Reading: V1L6: 17, 20; V1L8: 16, 21; V2L10: 6, 15; V2L12: 12, 18; V3L14: 12, 20

• Clarify ideas and understandings through rereading and discussion. Shared Reading: 174, 216, 354 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-4, 6, 9-11, 13, 15, 18-19, 21; V1L8: 1, 3, 7, 9-10, 12-15, 18-19, 23; V2L10: 4-5, 8, 11, 12-13, 16-18, 20; V2L12: 3, 11, 13, 17, 19, 21; V3L16: 2-3, 9-10, 13, 15-18; V3L16: 2-6, 9, 15, 18, 22-23


Shared Reading: 38, 50, 62, 104, 137, 257, 290, 306, 320, 323, 362, 374 Guided Reading: Each new lesson plan contains specific after-reading strategies to assist students in making responsible assertions about the text: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-22; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

Demonstrate fluency and comprehension in reading. Fluency Shared Reading: 36, 41, 48, 60, 72, 90, 102, 114, 126, 144, 156, 180, 198, 210, 222, 234, 252, 264, 276, 288, 306, 318, 330, 342, 360, 372, 384, 396 Guided Reading: Fluency strategies found throughout each lesson in Teaching Plans. Comprehension Shared Reading: 140, 150, 152, 154, 156, 164, 168, 170, 174, 178, 230, 232, 234, 236, 260, 272, 284, 286 Guided Reading: Comprehension evaluated in each lesson when teacher uses After Reading, and Reread and Assess strategies found throughout Teaching Plans.

Grade 1 22 of 123

• Read familiar materials aloud with accuracy. Shared Reading: Each new lesson contains text with familiar concepts: 30-39, 4251, 54-63, 66-75, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258 267, 270-279, 282291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345, 354-363, 366-374, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: Each new teaching plan contains text with familiar concepts: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-22; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

• Self-correct mistakes. Shared Reading: 324, 326, 328, 330, 332 Guided Reading: Opportunities through rereading and assessment: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-22; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

• Use appropriate rhythm, flow, meter and pronunciation. Shared Reading: 161, 162, 245, 252, 269, 276, 300 Guided Reading: Opportunities throughout Teaching Plans for teacher to evaluate student ability to use appropriate rhythm, flow, meter, and pronunciation: V1L6: 123; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-22; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

• Read a variety of genres and types of text. Shared Reading: Found throughout text: e.g.; 30, 54, 66, 96, 162, 192, 216, 246 Guided Reading: Genre identified on the front cover of each new lesson plan.

• Demonstrate comprehension (Standard 1.1.3.G.). Shared Reading: 140, 150, 152, 154, 156, 164, 168, 170, 174, 178, 230, 232, 234, 236, 260, 272, 284, 286 Guided Reading: Comprehension evaluated in each lesson when teacher uses After Reading, and Reread and Assess strategies found throughout Teaching Plans




• Differentiate fact from opinion within text. Shared Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teacher’s Guide to expand upon standard: e.g.; 66, 84, 150, 246, 258, 270, 312 Guided Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teaching Plans to expand on standard: e.g.; V1L6: 3-5, 9, 11, 15, 20; V1L8: 2, 5, 7, 13, 16, 20, 23; V2L10: 1, 4, 10, 13, 16, 19, 22; V2L12: 5, 8, 10, 15-16, 21; V3L14: 1, 6, 10, 22; V3L16: 1, 3, 5-7, 15, 16, 21

Grade 1 23 of 123


Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text for teacher to model and expand upon to meet standard: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-75, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258 267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345, 354363, 366-374, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: Opportunities throughout text for teacher to model and expand upon to meet standard: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-22; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22


Shared Reading: 174, 182, 398 Guided Reading: V1L6: 3; V1L8: 20; V2L12: 4; V3L16: 13


Shared Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teacher’s Guide to expand upon standard: e.g.; 66, 84, 150, 246, 258, 270, 312, 278, 290 Guided Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teaching Plans to expand on standard: e.g.; V1L6: 3-5, 9, 11, 15, 20; V1L8: 2, 5, 7, 13, 16, 20, 23; V2L10: 1, 4, 10, 13, 16, 19, 22; V2L12: 5, 8, 10, 15-16, 21; V3L14: 1, 6, 10, 22; V3L16: 1, 3, 5-7, 15, 16, 21




N/A


Shared Reading: Audio Center activities: 29, 41, 65, 83, 95, 107, 119, 149, 161, 191, 227, 245, 257, 269, 281, 299, 311, 323, 335, 353, 365, 377, 389


Shared Reading: 41, 53, 281, 365 Guided Reading: Opportunities found throughout Teaching Plans under Writing strategies that reinforce standard.

Grade 1 24 of 123


Read and understand works of literature. Each new lesson contains multiple opportunities to read and understand works of literature: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-23; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

Identify literary elements in stories describing characters, setting and plot. Character: Shared Reading: 170, 192, 198, 204, 210, 228, 308, 354, 358, 386, 396 Guided Reading: V1L6: 9, 15, 20, 21; V1L8: 2, 5, 7, 11, 20; V2L10: 20; V2L12: 8, 10, 15, 16, 17; V3L14: 1, 2, 6, 9, 10, 15, 22; V3L16: 3, 5, 9, 15, 21 Plot: Shared Reading: 74, 146, 212 Guided Reading: V1L6: 22; V1L8: 12; V2L10: 11; V2L12: 11; V3L14: 17; V3L16: 10, 22 Setting: Shared Reading: 158, 192, 398 Guided Reading: V1L6: 13; V2L10: 3, 12; V2L12: 6; V3L14: 3; V3L16: 18

Identify literary devices in stories (e.g., rhyme, rhythm, personification). Shared Reading: 44, 56, 161, 162, 164, 245, 252, 269, 276, 300 Guided Reading: V1L6: 10, 11; V1L8: 8; V2L10: 2, 5, 14; V2L12: 6, 20; V3L14: 1, 2, 8, 11, 13, 16; V3L16: 10, 12, 13, 17


Shared Reading: 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 216, 218, 220, 222, 224 Guided Reading: V1L8: 10; V2L12: 20; V3L14: 13; V3L16: 13


Shared Reading: 119, 191, 234, 389 Guided Reading: Teacher determines through Fiction lessons: V1L6: 1-2, 6-8, 10, 13-14, 17, 21-22; V1L8: 1, 3, 6, 8-9, 11-12, 14-15, 21; V2L10: 2-3, 5, 11-12, 14-15, 18, 20; V3L12: 2-4, 6, 11, 13-14, 17-18, 20, 22; V3L14: 2-4, 8-9, 11, 16-17, 19-20; V3L14: 2, 8-10, 12-14, 17-19, 22

Read and respond to nonfiction and fiction including poetry and drama. Shared Reading: Fiction: 42, 108, 138, 162, 174, 204, 228, 300, 306, 320, 324, 336, 354; Nonfiction: 66, 84, 150, 246, 258, 270, 274, 312; Poetry: 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 216, 218, 220, 222, 224; Drama: 119, 191, 234, 389 Guided Reading: During Reading/After Reading strategies found throughout Teaching Plans: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-23; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

Grade 1 25 of 123


Write narrative pieces (e.g., stories, poems, plays). Shared Reading: 53, 107, 141, 137, 191, 215, 228, 354 Guided Reading: V1L6: 2, 10, 13-15, 17, 22; V1L8: 1, 3, 5, 9, 10, 12, 21; V2L10: 11, 13-15; V2L12: 2, 3, 11, 13, 14, 20; V3L14: 4, 9, 13, 17, 19, 20; V3L16: 2, 8, 10, 13, 14, 17

• Include detailed descriptions of people, places and things. Teacher evaluates through activities found throughout Teacher’s Plan and Teaching Guides: Shared Reading: 53, 107, 141, 137, 191, 215, 228, 354 Guided Reading: V1L6: 2, 10, 13-15, 17, 22; V1L8: 1, 3, 5, 9, 10, 12, 21; V2L10: 11, 13-15; V2L12: 2, 3, 11, 13, 14, 20; V3L14: 4, 9, 13, 17, 19, 20; V3L16: 2, 8, 10, 13, 14, 17

• Use relevant illustrations. Teacher evaluates through activities found throughout Teacher’s Plan and Teaching Guides: Shared Reading: 53, 107, 141, 137, 191, 215, 228, 354 Guided Reading: V1L6: 2, 10, 13-15, 17, 22; V1L8: 1, 3, 5, 9, 10, 12, 21; V2L10: 11, 13-15; V2L12: 2, 3, 11, 13, 14, 20; V3L14: 4, 9, 13, 17, 19, 20; V3L16: 2, 8, 10, 13, 14, 17

• Include literary elements Teacher evaluates through activities found throughout Teacher’s Plan and Teaching Guides: Shared Reading: 53, 107, 141, 137, 191, 215, 228, 354 Guided Reading: V1L6: 2, 10, 13-15, 17, 22; V1L8: 1, 3, 5, 9, 10, 12, 21; V2L10: 11, 13-15; V2L12: 2, 3, 11, 13, 14, 20; V3L14: 4, 9, 13, 17, 19, 20; V3L16: 2, 8, 10, 13, 14, 17

Write informational pieces (e.g., descriptions, letters, reports, instructions) using illustrations when relevant. Shared Reading: 65, 257, 258, 281, 365

Guided Reading: V1L6: 1, 3-9, 12, 16, 19-21; V1L8: 2, 4, 6-8, 11, 13-20, 22-23; V2L10: 1-4, 6-10, 12, 16-22; V2L12: 1, 4-10, 12, 15-16, 19, 21-23; V3L14: 1, 2, 5-8, 10-12, 14-15, 21-22; V3L16: 1, 3-7, 9, 12, 15-16, 18-21

Write an opinion and support it with facts. Shared Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teacher’s Guide to expand upon standard: e.g.; 66, 84, 150, 246, 258, 270, 312 Guided Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teaching Plans to expand on standard: e.g.; V1L6: 3-5, 9, 11, 15, 20; V1L8: 2, 5, 7, 13, 16, 20, 23; V2L10: 1, 4, 10, 13, 16, 19, 22; V2L12: 5, 8, 10, 15-16, 21; V3L14: 1, 6, 10, 22; V3L16: 1, 3, 5-7, 15, 16, 21

Grade 1 26 of 123


Write with a sharp, distinct focus identifying topic, task and audience. Teacher evaluates through activities found throughout Teacher’s Plan and Teaching Guides: Shared Reading: 53, 107, 141, 137, 191, 215, 228, 354 Guided Reading: V1L6: 2, 10, 13-15, 17, 22; V1L8: 1, 3, 5, 9, 10, 12, 21; V2L10: 11, 13-15; V2L12: 2, 3, 11, 13, 14, 20; V3L14: 4, 9, 13, 17, 19, 20; V3L16: 2, 8, 10, 13, 14, 17

Write using well-developed content appropriate for the topic. Teacher evaluates through activities found throughout Teacher’s Plan and Teaching Guides: Shared Reading: 65, 257, 258, 281, 365 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1, 3-9, 12, 16, 19-21; V1L8: 2, 4, 6-8, 11, 13-20, 22-23; V2L10: 1-4, 6-10, 12, 16-22; V2L12: 1, 4-10, 12, 15-16, 19, 21-23; V3L14: 1, 2, 5-8, 10-12, 14-15, 21-22; V3L16: 1, 3-7, 9, 12, 15-16, 18-21

• Gather and organize information. Shared Reading: 400-405 Guided Reading: Back of cards for each nonfiction lesson includes graphic organizers and charts for gathering information.

• Write a series of related sentences or paragraphs with one central idea. Teacher evaluates through activities found throughout Teacher’s Plan and Teaching Guides: Shared Reading: 53, 107, 141, 137, 191, 215, 228, 354 Guided Reading: V1L6: 2, 10, 13-15, 17, 22; V1L8: 1, 3, 5, 9, 10, 12, 21; V2L10: 11, 13-15; V2L12: 2, 3, 11, 13, 14, 20; V3L14: 4, 9, 13, 17, 19, 20; V3L16: 2, 8, 10, 13, 14, 17

• Incorporate details relevant and appropriate to the topic. Teacher evaluates through activities found throughout Teacher’s Plan and Teaching Guides: Shared Reading: 65, 257, 258, 281, 365 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1, 3-9, 12, 16, 19-21; V1L8: 2, 4, 6-8, 11, 13-20, 22-23; V2L10: 1-4, 6-10, 12, 16-22; V2L12: 1, 4-10, 12, 15-16, 19, 21-23; V3L14: 1, 2, 5-8, 10-12, 14-15, 21-22; V3L16: 1, 3-7, 9, 12, 15-16, 18-21

Write with controlled and/or subtle organization. Teacher determines through information gathering: Shared Reading: 400-405 Guided Reading: Back of cards for each nonfiction lesson includes graphic organizers and charts for gathering information.

• Sustain a logical order. Teacher evaluates through activities found throughout Teacher’s Plan and Teaching Guides: Shared Reading: 65, 257, 258, 281, 365 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1, 3-9, 12, 16, 19-21; V1L8: 2, 4, 6-8, 11, 13-20, 22-23; V2L10: 1-4, 6-10, 12, 16-22; V2L12: 1, 4-10, 12, 15-16, 19, 21-23; V3L14: 1, 2, 5-8, 10-12, 14-15, 21-22; V3L16: 1, 3-7, 9, 12, 15-16, 18-21

Grade 1 27 of 123

• Include a recognizable beginning, middle and end. Teacher evaluates through activities found throughout Teacher’s Plan and Teaching Guides: Shared Reading: 53, 107, 141, 137, 191, 215, 228, 354 Guided Reading: V1L6: 2, 10, 13-15, 17, 22; V1L8: 1, 3, 5, 9, 10, 12, 21; V2L10: 11, 13-15; V2L12: 2, 3, 11, 13, 14, 20; V3L14: 4, 9, 13, 17, 19, 20; V3L16: 2, 8, 10, 13, 14, 17

Write with an awareness of the stylistic aspects of composition. Teacher evaluates through activities found throughout Teacher’s Plan and Teaching Guides: Shared Reading: 65, 257, 258, 281, 365 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1, 3-9, 12, 16, 19-21; V1L8: 2, 4, 6-8, 11, 13-20, 22-23; V2L10: 1-4, 6-10, 12, 16-22; V2L12: 1, 4-10, 12, 15-16, 19, 21-23; V3L14: 1, 2, 5-8, 10-12, 14-15, 21-22; V3L16: 1, 3-7, 9, 12, 15-16, 18-21

• Use sentences of differing lengths and complexities. Shared Reading: 83, 119, 203, 227, 245, 299, 311, 353, 377, 389 Guided Reading: Any Writing activity found in Teaching Plans meets standard and is evaluated by teacher.

• Use descriptive words and action verbs. Teacher evaluates through activities found throughout Teacher’s Plan and Teaching Guides: Shared Reading: 53, 107, 141, 137, 191, 215, 228, 354 Guided Reading: V1L6: 2, 10, 13-15, 17, 22; V1L8: 1, 3, 5, 9, 10, 12, 21; V2L10: 11, 13-15; V2L12: 2, 3, 11, 13, 14, 20; V3L14: 4, 9, 13, 17, 19, 20; V3L16: 2, 8, 10, 13, 14, 17


Teacher evaluates through activities found throughout Teacher’s Plan and Teaching Guides: Shared Reading: 65, 257, 258, 281, 365 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1, 3-9, 12, 16, 19-21; V1L8: 2, 4, 6-8, 11, 13-20, 22-23; V2L10: 1-4, 6-10, 12, 16-22; V2L12: 1, 4-10, 12, 15-16, 19, 21-23; V3L14: 1, 2, 5-8, 10-12, 14-15, 21-22; V3L16: 1, 3-7, 9, 12, 15-16, 18-21

Edit writing using the conventions of language. Teacher evaluates through activities found throughout Teacher’s Plan and Teaching Guides: Shared Reading: 53, 107, 141, 137, 191, 215, 228, 354 Guided Reading: V1L6: 2, 10, 13-15, 17, 22; V1L8: 1, 3, 5, 9, 10, 12, 21; V2L10: 11, 13-15; V2L12: 2, 3, 11, 13, 14, 20; V3L14: 4, 9, 13, 17, 19, 20; V3L16: 2, 8, 10, 13, 14, 17

• Spell common, frequently used words correctly. Shared Reading: Opportunities through vocabulary lists: 30, 42, 54, 66, 84, 96, 108, 120, 138, 149, 150, 161, 162, 166, 173, 174, 192, 204, 216, 220, 222, 228, 232, 246, 258, 270, 282, 312, 324, 336, 354, 365, 378, 390, 394 Guided Reading: Opportunities in each new teaching plan: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 123; V2L10: 1-22; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22


Shared Reading: 232, 360 Guided Reading: Evaluated by teacher in Writing activities: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 123; V2L10: 1-22; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

Grade 1 28 of 123


Shared Reading: 29, 60, 114, 156, 180, 281, 288 Guided Reading: Evaluated by teacher in Writing activities: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 123; V2L10: 1-22; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22


Shared Reading: 70, 124, 137, 191, 220, 232, 262, 281, 286, 340, 360 Guided Reading: Evaluated by teacher in Writing activities: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 123; V2L10: 1-22; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22


Opportunities throughout text for teacher to instruct and build upon standard: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-23; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22


1.6. Speaking and Listening Pennsylvania’s public schools shall teach, challenge and support every student to realize his or her maximum potential and to acquire the knowledge and skills needed to:

Listen to others. Opportunities throughout text for teacher to instruct and build upon standard through Talk Together and Discuss the Text: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-23; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

• Ask questions as an aid to understanding. Shared Reading: 96, 98, 102, 100, 104, 124, 252, 262, 326, 328, 324, 392 Guided Reading: Opportunities throughout Teaching Plans for teacher to evaluate student ability to ask questions: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-23; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

• Distinguish fact from opinion. Shared Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teacher’s Guide to expand upon standard: e.g.; 66, 84, 150, 246, 258, 270, 312 Guided Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teaching Plans to expand on standard: e.g.; V1L6: 3-5, 9, 11, 15, 20; V1L8: 2, 5, 7, 13, 16, 20, 23; V2L10: 1, 4, 10, 13, 16, 19, 22; V2L12: 5, 8, 10, 15-16, 21; V3L14: 1, 6, 10, 22; V3L16: 1, 3, 5-7, 15, 16, 21

Grade 1 29 of 123

Listen to a selection of literature (fiction and/or nonfiction). Each new lesson contains multiple opportunities to listen to a selection of literature: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-23; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

• Relate it to similar experiences. Shared Reading: 138, 140, 210, 250, 260, 358, 386 Guided Reading: Before Reading activities provide ample opportunities for students to relate similar experience in each new lesson in Teaching Plans: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-22; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

• Predict what will happen next. Shared Reading: 84, 108, 120, 162, 192, 204, 216, 228, 246, 300, 324, 336 Guided Reading: Text Features can used to help make predictions: V1L6: 1, 3-23; V1L8: 1-2, 4-7, 9-23; V2L10: 1-11, 13-22; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-3, 6-17, 19-23; V3L16: 1-18, 20-22;

• Retell a story in chronological order. Shared Reading: 38, 50, 62, 104, 137, 257, 290, 323, 362, 374 Guided Reading: V1L6: 17, 20; V1L8: 16, 21; V2L10: 6, 15; V2L12: 12, 18; V3L14: 12, 20

• Recognize character and tone. Teacher determines through activities found throughout Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-23; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

• Identify and define new words and concepts. Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text: 30, 34, 42, 46, 54, 66, 58, 70, 84, 88, 96, 100, 108, 112, 120, 124, 137-138, 149, 150, 154, 161-162, 166, 173, 174, 178, 192, 196, 204, 208, 216, 220, 222, 228, 232, 246, 250, 258, 262, 270, 274, 282, 286, 304, 312, 316, 324, 328, 336, 340, 354, 358, 365, 370, 378, 382, 390, 394 Guided Reading: New vocabulary and concepts introduced in each new lesson plan: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-22; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

Speak using skills appropriate to formal speech situations. Evaluated through pronunciation of new vocabulary: Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text: 30, 34, 42, 46, 54, 66, 58, 70, 84, 88, 96, 100, 108, 112, 120, 124, 137-138, 149, 150, 154, 161-162, 166, 173, 174, 178, 192, 196, 204, 208, 216, 220, 222, 228, 232, 246, 250, 258, 262, 270, 274, 282, 286, 304, 312, 316, 324, 328, 336, 340, 354, 358, 365, 370, 378, 382, 390, 394 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-22; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

Grade 1 30 of 123

• Use appropriate volume. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 245, 252, 269, 276 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-22; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

• Pronounce most words accurately. Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text: 30, 34, 42, 46, 54, 66, 58, 70, 84, 88, 96, 100, 108, 112, 120, 124, 137-138, 149, 150, 154, 161-162, 166, 173, 174, 178, 192, 196, 204, 208, 216, 220, 222, 228, 232, 246, 250, 258, 262, 270, 274, 282, 286, 304, 312, 316, 324, 328, 336, 340, 354, 358, 365, 370, 378, 382, 390, 394 Guided Reading: New vocabulary introduced in each new lesson plan: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-22; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

• Pace speech so that is understandable. Evaluated through pronunciation of new vocabulary: Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text: 30, 34, 42, 46, 54, 66, 58, 70, 84, 88, 96, 100, 108, 112, 120, 124, 137-138, 149, 150, 154, 161-162, 166, 173, 174, 178, 192, 196, 204, 208, 216, 220, 222, 228, 232, 246, 250, 258, 262, 270, 274, 282, 286, 304, 312, 316, 324, 328, 336, 340, 354, 358, 365, 370, 378, 382, 390, 394 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-22; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

• Demonstrate an awareness of audience. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 245, 252, 269, 276 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-22; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

Contribute to discussions. Evaluated by teacher through Talk Together and Discuss the Text: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-23; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

• Ask relevant questions. Shared Reading: 96, 98, 102, 100, 104, 124, 252, 262, 326, 328, 324, 392 Guided Reading: Opportunities throughout Teaching Plans for teacher to evaluate student ability to ask questions: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-23; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

• Respond with appropriate information or opinions to questions asked. Shared Reading: 174, 216, 354 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-4, 6, 9-11, 13, 15, 18-19, 21; V1L8: 1, 3, 7, 9-10, 12-15, 18-19, 23; V2L10: 4-5, 8, 11, 12-13, 16-18, 20; V2L12: 3, 11, 13, 17, 19, 21; V3L16: 2-3, 9-10, 13, 15-18; V3L16: 2-6, 9, 15, 18, 22-23

Grade 1 31 of 123

• Listen to and acknowledge the contributions of others. Opportunities throughout text for teacher to instruct and build upon standard through Talk Together and Discuss the Text: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-23; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

• Display appropriate turn-taking behaviors. Evaluated by teacher through Talk Together and Discuss the Text: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-23; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

Participate in small and large group discussions and presentations. Evaluated by teacher through Talk Together and Discuss the Text: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-23; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

• Participate in everyday conversation. Opportunities throughout text for teacher to instruct and build upon standard through Talk Together and Discuss the Text: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-23; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

• Present oral readings. Shared Reading: Multiple opportunities with each new lesson to have students read orally: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-75, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258 267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345, 354-363, 366-374, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: Each new teaching plan contains passages students can read orally: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-22; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 122

Grade 1 32 of 123

• Deliver short reports (e.g., Show-and-Tell, field trip summary). Teacher determines and expands upon everyday classroom activities: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-23; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

• Conduct short interviews. Teacher evaluates and expands upon activities found throughout Teacher’s Plan and Teaching Guides: Shared Reading: 53, 107, 141, 137, 191, 215, 228, 354 Guided Reading: V1L6: 2, 10, 13-15, 17, 22; V1L8: 1, 3, 5, 9, 10, 12, 21; V2L10: 11, 13-15; V2L12: 2, 3, 11, 13, 14, 20; V3L14: 4, 9, 13, 17, 19, 20; V3L16: 2, 8, 10, 13, 14, 17

• Give simple directions and explanations. Teacher evaluates and expands upon activities found throughout Teacher’s Plan and Teaching Guides: Shared Reading: 53, 107, 141, 137, 191, 215, 228, 354 Guided Reading: V1L6: 2, 10, 13-15, 17, 22; V1L8: 1, 3, 5, 9, 10, 12, 21; V2L10: 11, 13-15; V2L12: 2, 3, 11, 13, 14, 20; V3L14: 4, 9, 13, 17, 19, 20; V3L16: 2, 8, 10, 13, 14, 17




N/A



Shared Reading: Audio Center activities: 29, 41, 65, 83, 95, 107, 119, 149, 161, 191, 227, 245, 257, 269, 281, 299, 311, 323, 335, 353, 365, 377, 389

1.7. Characteristics and Functions of the English Language Pennsylvania’s public schools shall teach, challenge and support every student to realize his or her maximum potential and to acquire the knowledge and skills needed to:

Identify words from other languages that are commonly used English words.

Teacher can use and expand upon ESL/ELL Support found throughout Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plan: Shared Reading: e.g.; 31, 43, 51, 61, 63, 67, 87, 89, 99, 101, 105, 111, 113, 121, 125, 127, 139, 143, 151, 157, 159, 163, 169, 177, 181 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-22; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

Grade 1 33 of 123


Teacher can use and expand upon ESL/ELL Support found throughout Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plan: Shared Reading: e.g.; 195, 199, 207, 211, 217, 221, 229, 251, 255, 259, 261, 273, 277, 283, 285, 303. 307, 315, 317, 325, 331, 339, 341, 355, 357, 369, 381, 387, 395 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-22; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14 1-22; V3L16: 1-22






N/A

• Use tables of contents, key words and guide words. N/A

• Use traditional and electronic search tools. N/A


• Take notes from sources using a structured format. N/A

• Summarize, orally or in writing, the main ideas. N/A

Grade 1 34 of 123

ASSESSMENT ANCHOR


R3.A.1.1 Identify and interpret the meaning of vocabulary Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text: 30, 34, 42, 46, 54, 66, 58, 70, 84, 88, 96, 100, 108, 112, 120, 124, 137-138, 149, 150, 154, 161-162, 166, 173, 174, 178, 192, 196, 204, 208, 216, 220, 222, 228, 232, 246, 250, 258, 262, 270, 274, 282, 286, 304, 312, 316, 324, 328, 336, 340, 354, 358, 365, 370, 378, 382, 390, 394 Guided Reading: New vocabulary introduced in each new lesson plan: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-22; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

R3.A.1.1.1 Identify and/or interpret meaning of multiple meaning words used in text. See 2nd Grade.

R3.A.1.1.2 Identify and/or interpret a synonym or antonym of a word used in text. See 2nd Grade.

R3.A.1.2 Identify and apply word recognition skills. Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text: 30, 34, 42, 46, 54, 66, 58, 70, 84, 88, 96, 100, 108, 112, 120, 124, 137-138, 149, 150, 154, 161-162, 166, 173, 174, 178, 192, 196, 204, 208, 216, 220, 222, 228, 232, 246, 250, 258, 262, 270, 274, 282, 286, 304, 312, 316, 324, 328, 336, 340, 354, 358, 365, 370, 378, 382, 390, 394 Guided Reading: New vocabulary introduced in each new lesson plan: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-22; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22


See 2nd Grade.


Opportunities throughout text for teacher to instruct and build upon standard: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-23; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

R3.A.1.3 Make inferences, draw conclusions based on text. Shared Reading: 174, 182, 398 Guided Reading: V1L6: 3; V1L8: 20; V2L12: 4; V3L16: 13



Grade 1 35 of 123

R3.A.1.4 Identify and explain main ideas and relevant details. Shared Reading: 38, 50, 62, 104, 137, 257, 290, 323, 362, 374 Guided Reading: V1L6: 17, 20; V1L8: 16, 21; V2L10: 6, 15; V2L12: 12, 18; V3L14: 12, 20


Shared Reading: 38, 50, 62, 104, 137, 257, 290, 323, 362, 374 Guided Reading: V1L6: 17, 20; V1L8: 16, 21; V2L10: 6, 15; V2L12: 12, 18; V3L14: 12, 20

R3.A.1.5 Summarize a fictional text as a whole. Teacher can determine student ability to summarize a fictional text through lessons found throughout Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: 42, 108, 138, 162, 174, 204, 228, 300, 306, 320, 324, 336, 354 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-2, 6-8, 10, 13-14, 17, 21-22; V1L8: 1, 3, 6, 8-9, 11-12, 14-15, 21; V2L10: 2-3, 5, 11-12, 14-15, 18, 20; V3L12: 2-4, 6, 11, 13-14, 17-18, 20, 22; V3L14: 2-4, 8-9, 11, 16-17, 19-20; V3L14: 2, 8-10, 12-14, 17-19, 22

R3.A.1.5.1 Summarize the key details and events of a fictional text. Teacher can determine student ability to summarize a fictional text through lessons found throughout Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: 42, 108, 138, 162, 174, 204, 228, 300, 306, 320, 324, 336, 354 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-2, 6-8, 10, 13-14, 17, 21-22; V1L8: 1, 3, 6, 8-9, 11-12, 14-15, 21; V2L10: 2-3, 5, 11-12, 14-15, 18, 20; V3L12: 2-4, 6, 11, 13-14, 17-18, 20, 22; V3L14: 2-4, 8-9, 11, 16-17, 19-20; V3L14: 2, 8-10, 12-14, 17-19, 22

R3.A.1.6 Identify genre of text. Shared Reading: Found throughout text: e.g.; 30, 54, 66, 96, 162, 192, 216, 246 Guided Reading: Genre identified on the front cover of each new lesson plan.

R3.A.1.6.1 Identify intended purpose of text. Shared Reading: Found throughout text: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336345 Guided Reading: Purpose identified in the beginning of each new lesson: V1L6: 123; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-23; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

Grade 1 36 of 123



Shared Reading: Teacher can expand upon vocabulary lists: 30, 34, 42, 46, 54, 66, 58, 70, 84, 88, 96, 100, 108, 112, 120, 124, 137-138, 149, 150, 154, 161-162, 166, 173, 174, 178, 192, 196, 204, 208, 216, 220, 222, 228, 232, 246, 250, 258, 262, 270, 274, 282, 286, 304, 312, 316, 324, 328, 336, 340, 354, 358, 365, 370, 378, 382, 390, 394 Guided Reading: Teacher can expand upon each new Lesson Plan's vocabulary lists: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-22;V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

R3.A.2.1.1 Identify and/or interpret the meaning of multiple meaning words in text. See 2nd Grade.


Shared Reading: Teacher can expand upon vocabulary lists to have students identify and/or interpret meaning of content-specific words used in text: 30, 34, 42, 46, 54, 66, 58, 70, 84, 88, 96, 100, 108, 112, 120, 124, 137-138, 149, 150, 154, 161-162, 166, 173, 174, 178, 192, 196, 204, 208, 216, 220, 222, 228, 232, 246, 250, 258, 262, 270, 274, 282, 286, 304, 312, 316, 324, 328, 336, 340, 354, 358, 365, 370, 378, 382, 390, 394 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-22;V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

R3.A.2.2 Identify and apply word recognition skills. Shared Reading: Teacher can expand upon vocabulary lists: 30, 34, 42, 46, 54, 66, 58, 70, 84, 88, 96, 100, 108, 112, 120, 124, 137-138, 149, 150, 154, 161-162, 166, 173, 174, 178, 192, 196, 204, 208, 216, 220, 222, 228, 232, 246, 250, 258, 262, 270, 274, 282, 286, 304, 312, 316, 324, 328, 336, 340, 354, 358, 365, 370, 378, 382, 390, 394 Guided Reading: Teacher can expand upon each new Lesson Plan's vocabulary lists: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-22;V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22


See 2nd Grade.


Shared Reading: 304 Guided Reading: V1L8: 21; V2L10: 21

R3.A.2.3 Make inferences, draw conclusions, based on text. Shared Reading: 174, 182, 398 Guided Reading: V1L6: 3; V1L8: 20; V2L12: 4; V3L16: 13

Grade 1 37 of 123



R3.A.2.4 Identify and explain main ideas and relevant details. Shared Reading: 38, 50, 62, 104, 137, 257, 290, 323, 362, 374 Guided Reading: V1L6: 17, 20; V1L8: 16, 21; V2L10: 6, 15; V2L12: 12, 18; V3L14: 12, 20


Shared Reading: 38, 50, 62, 104, 137, 257, 290, 323, 362, 374 Guided Reading: V1L6: 17, 20; V1L8: 16, 21; V2L10: 6, 15; V2L12: 12, 18; V3L14: 12, 20

R3.A.2.5 Summarize a non-fictional text as a whole. Shared Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teacher’s Guide to expand upon standard: e.g.; 66, 84, 150, 246, 258, 270, 312 Guided Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teaching Plans to expand on standard: e.g.; V1L6: 3-5, 9, 11, 15, 20; V1L8: 2, 5, 7, 13, 16, 20, 23; V2L10: 1, 4, 10, 13, 16, 19, 22; V2L12: 5, 8, 10, 15-16, 21; V3L14: 1, 6, 10, 22; V3L16: 1, 3, 5-7, 15, 16, 21


Shared Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teacher’s Guide to expand upon standard: e.g.; 66, 84, 150, 246, 258, 270, 312 Guided Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teaching Plans to expand on standard: e.g.; V1L6: 3-5, 9, 11, 15, 20; V1L8: 2, 5, 7, 13, 16, 20, 23; V2L10: 1, 4, 10, 13, 16, 19, 22; V2L12: 5, 8, 10, 15-16, 21; V3L14: 1, 6, 10, 22; V3L16: 1, 3, 5-7, 15, 16, 21

R3.A.2.6 Identify genre of text. Shared Reading: Found throughout text: e.g.; 30, 54, 66, 96, 162, 192, 216, 246 Guided Reading: Genre identified on the front cover of each new lesson plan.

R3.A.2.6.1 Identify intended purpose of text. Shared Reading: Found throughout text: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336345 Guided Reading: Purpose identified in the beginning of each new lesson: V1L6: 123; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-23; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

Grade 1 38 of 123



Each new lesson contains multiple opportunities to identify, interpret, compare, and describe components of fiction and nonfiction: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-23; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22


Each new lesson contains multiple opportunities to identify, interpret, compare, and/or describe components of fiction and nonfiction: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-23; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22


Shared Reading: 170, 192, 198, 204, 210, 228, 308, 354, 358, 386, 396 Guided Reading: V1L6: 9, 15, 20, 21; V1L8: 2, 5, 7, 11, 20; V2L10: 20; V2L12: 8, 10, 15, 16, 17; V3L14: 1, 2, 6, 9, 10, 15, 22; V3L16: 3, 5, 9, 15, 21


Each new lesson contains multiple opportunities for teacher to instruct and expand upon standard to identify, interpret, compare, and/or describe character actions, motives, dialogue, emotions/feelings, traits, and relationships among characters within fictional or literary non-fictional text: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-23; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22


Each new lesson contains multiple opportunities for teacher to instruct and expand upon standard to identify, interpret, compare, and/or describe the relationship between characters and other components of text: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-23; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

Grade 1 39 of 123

Setting: Shared Reading: 158, 192, 398 Guided Reading: V1L6: 13; V2L10: 3, 12; V2L12: 6; V3L14: 3; V3L16: 18


Shared Reading: 158, 192, 398 Guided Reading: V1L6: 13; V2L10: 3, 12; V2L12: 6; V3L14: 3; V3L16: 18

Plot (may also be called action): Shared Reading: 74, 146, 212 Guided Reading: V1L6: 22; V1L8: 12; V2L10: 11; V2L12: 11; V3L14: 17; V3L16: 10, 22


Shared Reading: 74, 146, 212 Guided Reading: V1L6: 22; V1L8: 12; V2L10: 11; V2L12: 11; V3L14: 17; V3L16: 10, 22

R3.B.1.2 Make connections between texts. Each new lesson contains multiple opportunities for teacher to instruct and expand upon standard to make connections between texts: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-23; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22


Each new lesson contains multiple opportunities for teacher to instruct and expand upon standard to identify, interpret, compare and/or describe connections between texts: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-23; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22


Each new lesson contains multiple opportunities for teacher to instruct and expand upon standard to identify and interpret figurative language in fiction and nonfiction: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-128, 138-147, 150-159, 162-171, 174-183, 192-201, 204-213, 216-225, 228-237, 246-255, 258267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-332, 336-345 Guided Reading: V1L6: 1-23; V1L8: 1-23; V2L10: 1-23; V2L12: 1-23; V3L14: 1-22; V3L16: 1-22

R3.B.1.2.1 Identify and/or interpret examples of personification in text. See 2nd Grade.

Grade 1 40 of 123


R3.B.3.1 Differentiate fact from opinion in non-fictional text. Shared Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teacher’s Guide to expand upon standard: e.g.; 66, 84, 150, 246, 258, 270, 312 Guided Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teaching Plans to expand on standard: e.g.; V1L6: 3-5, 9, 11, 15, 20; V1L8: 2, 5, 7, 13, 16, 20, 23; V2L10: 1, 4, 10, 13, 16, 19, 22; V2L12: 5, 8, 10, 15-16, 21; V3L14: 1, 6, 10, 22; V3L16: 1, 3, 5-7, 15, 16, 21








Shared Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teacher’s Guide to expand upon standard: e.g.; 66, 84, 150, 246, 258, 270, 312, 278, 290 Guided Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teaching Plans to expand on standard: e.g.; V1L6: 3-5, 9, 11, 15, 20; V1L8: 2, 5, 7, 13, 16, 20, 23; V2L10: 1, 4, 10, 13, 16, 19, 22; V2L12: 5, 8, 10, 15-16, 21; V3L14: 1, 6, 10, 22; V3L16: 1, 3, 5-7, 15, 16, 21

Grade 1 41 of 123

R5.B.3.3.1 Identify and/or interpret text organization, including

sequence, question/answer, comparison/contrast, cause/effect or problem/solution.

Shared Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teacher’s Guide to expand upon standard: e.g.; 66, 84, 150, 246, 252, 258, 270, 278, 290, 312, 365, 374 Guided Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teaching Plans to expand on standard: e.g.; V1L6: 3-5, 9, 11, 12, 15, 18, 20, 23; V1L8: 2, 5, 7, 13, 1618, 20, 23; V2L10: 1, 4, 7, 8, 10, 13, 16, 17, 19, 22; V2L12: 5, 7-10, 15-16, 19, 21; V3L14: 1, 5-7, 10, 13-15, 18, 21-22; V3L16: 1, 3-7, 11, 15-16, 20-21

R5.B.3.3.2 Use headings to locate information in a passage, or identify content that would best fit in a specific section of text.



Shared Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teacher’s Guide to expand upon standard: e.g.; 66, 84, 150, 246, 258, 270, 316, 312, 318, 320, 400405 Guided Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teaching Plans to expand on standard: e.g.; V1L6: 3-5, 9, 11, 15, 20; V1L8: 2, 5, 7, 13, 16, 20, 23; V2L10: 1, 4, 10, 13, 16, 19, 22; V2L12: 5, 8, 10, 15-16, 21; V3L14: 1, 6, 10, 22; V3L16: 1, 3, 5-7, 15, 16, 21; also back of cards on each nonfiction lesson includes graphs/charts.


Shared Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teacher’s Guide to expand upon standard: e.g.; 66, 84, 150, 246, 258, 270, 274, 312 Guided Reading: Teacher can use any non-fictional text in Teaching Plans to expand on standard: e.g.; V1L6: 3-5, 9, 11, 15, 20; V1L8: 2, 5, 7, 13, 16, 20, 23; V2L10: 1, 4, 10, 13, 16, 19, 22; V2L12: 5, 8, 10, 15-16, 21; V3L14: 1, 6, 10, 22; V3L16: 1, 3, 5-7, 15, 16, 21

Grade 2 42 of 123

Good Habits, Great Readers Guided Reading & Shared Reading © 2007 correlated to Pennsylvania Academic Standards for Reading, Writing, Speaking, and Listening & Reading Anchors Grade 2

Key: V1L18 - Volume 1 Level 18; V1L20 - Volume 1 Level 20; V2L24 - Volume 2 Level 24; V2L28 - Volume 2 Level 28

1.1. Learning to Read Independently Pennsylvania’s public schools shall teach, challenge and support every student to realize his or her maximum potential and to acquire the knowledge and skills needed to: Identify the purposes and types of text (e.g., literature, information) before reading.

Each new lesson contains multiple opportunities to identify specific purposes for reading: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-54, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24


Each new lesson contains multiple opportunities to preview text formats: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-54, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24


Each new lesson provides multiple opportunities to decode words: Shared Reading: 34, 46, 58, 70, 88, 100, 112, 124, 142, 154, 166, 178, 196, 208, 220, 232, 250, 262, 274, 286, 304, 316, 328, 340, 358, 370, 382, 394 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20:1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24


Shared Reading: 30, 38, 42, 50, 54, 66, 72, 84, 86, 88, 92, 96, 104, 108, 112, 122, 124, 126, 128, 138, 162, 174, 192, 204, 246, 254, 258, 290, 306, 312, 320, 324, 354, 374, 386, 398 Guided Reading: V1L18: 6, 23; V1L20: 7, 15, 18; V2L24: 1, 4, 6, 23; V2L28: 2, 46, 7, 17


Shared Reading: 119, 124, 215, 220, 250, 340, 389, 394 Guided Reading: V1L18: 12, 16; V1L20: 15; V2L24: 10

Grade 2 43 of 123


Shared Reading: Every new unit introduces new vocabulary: 30, 42, 54, 66, 84, 96, 108, 120, 138, 150, 162, 174, 192, 204, 216, 228, 246, 258, 270, 282, 300, 312, 324, 336, 354, 366, 378, 390 Guided Reading: Vocabulary is introduced in every new Teaching Plan: V1L18: 124; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24


Each new lesson contains multiple opportunities to determine student ability to demonstrate after reading understanding of both fictional and nonfiction text: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-54, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

• Retell or summarize the major ideas, themes or procedures of the text. Shared Reading: Each new lesson contains opportunities for after reading strategies to reinforce standard: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246-255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: Each new lesson plan contains specific after reading strategies to reinforce standard: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

• Connect the new information or ideas in the text to known information. Shared Reading: Each new lesson contains opportunities for after reading strategies to reinforce standard: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246-255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: Each new lesson plan contains specific after reading strategies to reinforce standard: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

• Clarify ideas and understandings through rereading and discussion. Each new lesson contains discussion and reread and assess strategies that determine understanding and clarification: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

Grade 2 44 of 123


Shared Reading: 96, 104, 254, 266, 380, 392 Guided Reading: Each new lesson plan contains specific after-reading strategies to assist students in making responsible assertions about the text: e.g.; V1L18: 2, 45, 8, 11; V1L20: 5-6, 19; V2L24: 5, 7, 9, 13, 17-18, 22; V2L24: 12, 14, 18, 21

Demonstrate fluency and comprehension in reading. Fluency Shared Reading: 90, 180, 276, 384 Guided Reading: Opportunities for teacher to determine student ability to demonstrate during fluency activities, e.g., V1L18: 1, 4, 11, 14; V1L20: 8; V2L24: 20; V2L28: 7 Comprehension Shared Reading: 96, 104, 254, 266, 380, 392 Guided Reading: V1L18: 2, 4-5, 8, 11; V1L20: 5-6, 19; V2L24: 5, 7, 9, 13, 17-18, 22; V2L24: 12, 14, 18, 21

• Read familiar materials aloud with accuracy. Shared Reading: Each new lesson contains text with familiar concepts: 30-39, 4251, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246-255, 258-267, 270-279, 282291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: Each new lesson plan contains text with familiar concepts: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

• Self-correct mistakes. Shared Reading: 60 Guided Reading: Opportunities through rereading and assessment: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

• Use appropriate rhythm, flow, meter and pronunciation. Evaluated by teacher; See 1st Grade.

• Read a variety of genres and types of text. Shared Reading: Found throughout Teacher’s Guide: e.g.; 54, 58, 84, 96, 108, 120, 150 Guided Reading: Genre identified on the front cover of each new lesson plan.

• Demonstrate comprehension (Standard 1.1.3.G.). Shared Reading: Can be determined by teacher through any reading activity found in Teacher’s Guide: e.g.; 114, 120, 140, 324, 326 Guided Reading: Comprehension evaluated in each lesson when teacher uses After Reading, and Reread and Assess strategies found throughout Teaching Plans




Grade 2 45 of 123

• Differentiate fact from opinion within text. Teacher determine through any non-fiction activity found in Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: 119, 162, 257, 258, 260, 262, 264, 266, 270, 272, 274, 282, 284, 286, 288, 366, 372 Guided Reading: V1L18: 4-10; 13, 15-18; 20, 24; V1L20: 4, 6, 14, 17, 21-22; V2L24: 3-4, 6-8, 14-16, 19, 21-24; V2L28: 3-6, 8-9, 11-12, 14, 16-22


Shared Reading: Opportunities throughout text for teacher to model and expand upon to meet standard: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246-255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: Opportunities found throughout Teaching Plans for teacher to model and expand upon to meet standard: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24


Shared Reading: 174, 176, 178, 180, 182 Guided Reading: V1L18: 9; V1L20: 11; V2L24: 5; V2L28: 4


Teacher determine through any non-fiction activity found in Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: 119, 162, 257, 258, 260, 262, 264, 266, 270, 272, 274, 282, 284, 286, 288, 366, 372 Guided Reading: V1L18: 4-10; 13, 15-18; 20, 24; V1L20: 4, 6, 14, 17, 21-22; V2L24: 3-4, 6-8, 14-16, 19, 21-24; V2L28: 3-6, 8-9, 11-12, 14, 16-22




N/A


See Kindergarten and 1st Grades.


Shared Reading: 29, 65, 83, 137, 161, 203, 245, 281, 311, 353, 377, 389 Guided Reading: Opportunities found throughout Teaching Plans under Writing strategies that reinforce standard.

Grade 2 46 of 123


Read and understand works of literature. Each new lesson contains multiple opportunities to read and understand works of literature: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

Identify literary elements in stories describing characters, setting and plot. Shared Reading: Character: 192, 196, 204, 206; Setting: 192, 204; Plot: 62, 72, 208, 212 Guided Reading: Character: V1L18: 2-3; V1L20: 12, 18, 23; V2L24: 20; V2L28: 7, 13; Setting; V2L24: 17; V2L28: 16; Plot: V1L20: 15; V2L24: 10; V2L28: 15

Identify literary devices in stories (e.g., rhyme, rhythm, personification). Shared Reading: 216, 218, 220 Guided Reading: V1L18: 19, 21-23; V1L20: 1-2; 7, 10, 12-13, 15, 23; V2L24: 1-3, 5, 9-12, 17-18; V2L28: 1, 10, 14, 24


Shared Reading: Can be expanded upon to satisfy standard when teacher uses Poetry activities: 53, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 215, 216, 222, 224, 336, 338, 340, 342, 344 Guided Reading: See Kindergarten and 1st Grade.


Shared Reading: Examples of dialogue that can be expanded upon: 29, 70, 72, 168, 191, 227, 232, 324 Guided Reading: Teacher determines and expands upon Fiction lessons: V1L18: 1-3, 11-12, 14, 19, 21-23; V1L20: 1-3, 5, 7-13, 15-16, 18-20, 23; V2L24: 1-2, 5, 713, 17-18, 20; V2L28: 1-2, 7, 10, 13, 15, 23-24

Read and respond to nonfiction and fiction including poetry and drama. Shared Reading: Nonfiction: 119, 162, 257, 258, 260, 262, 264, 266, 270, 272, 274, 282, 284, 286, 288, 366, 372; Fiction: 42, 58, 66, 84, 96, 138, 150, 174, 204, 354, 378, 390; Poetry: 53, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 215, 216, 222, 224, 336, 338, 340, 342, 344; Drama: 29, 70, 72, 168, 191, 227, 232, 324 Guided Reading: During Reading/After Reading strategies found throughout Teaching Plans: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

Grade 2 47 of 123


Write narrative pieces (e.g., stories, poems, plays). Shared Reading: 96, 138, 216, 354, 378 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1, 15, 18; V1L20: 3, 8, 10, 15; V2L24: 1, 11; V2L28: 17

• Include detailed descriptions of people, places and things. Determined by teacher through Writing activities: Shared Reading: 96, 138, 216, 354, 378 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1, 15, 18; V1L20: 3, 8, 10, 15; V2L24: 1, 11; V2L28: 17

• Use relevant illustrations. Teacher evaluates through activities found throughout Teacher’s Plan and Teaching Guides: Shared Reading: 96, 138, 216, 354, 378 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1, 15, 18; V1L20: 3, 8, 10, 15; V2L24: 1, 11; V2L28: 17

• Include literary elements Shared Reading: 96, 138, 216, 354, 378 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1, 15, 18; V1L20: 3, 8, 10, 15; V2L24: 1, 11; V2L28: 17


Shared Reading: 246, 258, 260, 270, 282, 366 Guided Reading: V1L18: 2-3, 8, 12-14, 16, 20; V1L20: 1, 9, 13, 18, 20, 22; V2L24: 10, 14, 17, 21, 24; V2L28: 1, 3, 9, 14, 16, 18, 21-23

Write an opinion and support it with facts. Shared Reading: 212, 236 Guided Reading: V1L20: 5; V2L28: 24


Write with a sharp, distinct focus identifying topic, task and audience. Teacher evaluates through writing activities found in Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: 246, 258, 260, 270, 282, 366 Guided Reading: V1L18: 2-3, 8, 12-14, 16, 20; V1L20: 1, 9, 13, 18, 20, 22; V2L24: 10, 14, 17, 21, 24; V2L28: 1, 3, 9, 14, 16, 18, 21-23

Write using well-developed content appropriate for the topic. Teacher evaluates through writing activities found in Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: 96, 138, 216, 354, 378 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1, 15, 18; V1L20: 3, 8, 10, 15; V2L24: 1, 11; V2L28: 17

• Gather and organize information. Graphic Organizers: Shared Reading: 302, 304, 306, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 400-406 Guided Reading: Back of cards for each lesson includes graphic organizers and charts for gathering information.

Grade 2 48 of 123

• Write a series of related sentences or paragraphs with one central idea. Teacher evaluates through writing activities found in Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: 246, 258, 260, 270, 282, 366 Guided Reading: V1L18: 2-3, 8, 12-14, 16, 20; V1L20: 1, 9, 13, 18, 20, 22; V2L24: 10, 14, 17, 21, 24; V2L28: 1, 3, 9, 14, 16, 18, 21-23

• Incorporate details relevant and appropriate to the topic. Teacher evaluates through writing activities found in Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: 96, 138, 216, 354, 378 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1, 15, 18; V1L20: 3, 8, 10, 15; V2L24: 1, 11; V2L28: 17

Write with controlled and/or subtle organization. Teacher determines through information gathering: Shared Reading: 302, 304, 306, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 400-406 Guided Reading: Back of cards for each lesson includes graphic organizers and charts for gathering information.

• Sustain a logical order. Teacher evaluates through writing activities found in Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: 96, 138, 216, 354, 378 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1, 15, 18; V1L20: 3, 8, 10, 15; V2L24: 1, 11; V2L28: 17

• Include a recognizable beginning, middle and end. Teacher evaluates through writing activities found in Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: 246, 258, 260, 270, 282, 366 Guided Reading: V1L18: 2-3, 8, 12-14, 16, 20; V1L20: 1, 9, 13, 18, 20, 22; V2L24: 10, 14, 17, 21, 24; V2L28: 1, 3, 9, 14, 16, 18, 21-23

Write with an awareness of the stylistic aspects of composition. Teacher evaluates through writing activities found in Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: 246, 258, 260, 270, 282, 366 Guided Reading: V1L18: 2-3, 8, 12-14, 16, 20; V1L20: 1, 9, 13, 18, 20, 22; V2L24: 10, 14, 17, 21, 24; V2L28: 1, 3, 9, 14, 16, 18, 21-23

• Use sentences of differing lengths and complexities. Shared Reading: 53, 107, 112, 154, 196 Guided Reading: Any Writing activity found in Teaching Plans meets standard and is evaluated by teacher.

• Use descriptive words and action verbs. Teacher evaluates through writing activities found in Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: 96, 138, 216, 354, 378 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1, 15, 18; V1L20: 3, 8, 10, 15; V2L24: 1, 11; V2L28: 17


Teacher evaluates through writing activities found in Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: 246, 258, 260, 270, 282, 366 Guided Reading: V1L18: 2-3, 8, 12-14, 16, 20; V1L20: 1, 9, 13, 18, 20, 22; V2L24: 10, 14, 17, 21, 24; V2L28: 1, 3, 9, 14, 16, 18, 21-23

Edit writing using the conventions of language. Teacher evaluates through writing activities found in Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: 96, 138, 216, 354, 378 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1, 15, 18; V1L20: 3, 8, 10, 15; V2L24: 1, 11; V2L28: 17

Grade 2 49 of 123

• Spell common, frequently used words correctly. Established through vocabulary: Shared Reading: 30, 42, 54, 66, 84, 96, 108, 120, 138, 150, 162, 174, 192, 204, 216, 228, 246, 258, 270, 282, 300, 312, 324, 336, 354, 366, 378, 390 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24


Shared Reading: 114, 281, 286, 288, 360 Guided Reading: Any Writing activity found in Teaching Plans meets standard and is evaluated by teacher.


Shared Reading: 36, 60, 90, 102, 161, 198, 232, 257, 254 Guided Reading: Any Writing activity found in Teaching Plans meets standard and is evaluated by teacher.


Shared Reading: 29, 34, 41, 46, 154, 173, 178, 232, 281, 299, 311, 365 Guided Reading: Any Writing activity found in Teaching Plans meets standard and is evaluated by teacher.


Shared Reading: 107, 112, 154, 196 Guided Reading: Any Writing activity found in Teaching Plans meets standard and is evaluated by teacher.



Listen to others. Opportunities throughout text for teacher to instruct and build upon standard through Talk Together and Discuss the Text: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

• Ask questions as an aid to understanding. Shared Reading: 96, 98, 100, 102, 104, 110, 250, 266, 324, 370, 374, 378 Guided Reading: Each new lesson plan contains opportunities for students to ask questions as an aid to understanding: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

Grade 2 50 of 123

• Distinguish fact from opinion. Teacher determine through any non-fiction activity found in Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: 119, 162, 257, 258, 260, 262, 264, 266, 270, 272, 274, 282, 284, 286, 288, 366, 372 Guided Reading: V1L18: 4-10; 13, 15-18; 20, 24; V1L20: 4, 6, 14, 17, 21-22; V2L24: 3-4, 6-8, 14-16, 19, 21-24; V2L28: 3-6, 8-9, 11-12, 14, 16-22

Listen to a selection of literature (fiction and/or nonfiction). Each new lesson contains multiple opportunities to listen to a selection of literature: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

• Relate it to similar experiences. Shared Reading: 138, 140, 142, 146, 204 Guided Reading: Before Reading activities provide ample opportunities for students to relate similar experience in each new lesson in Teaching Plans.

• Predict what will happen next. Shared Reading: 30, 42, 54, 96, 108, 138, 162, 164, 174, 192, 204, 230, 234, 264, 286, 353, 360 Guided Reading: Text Features can be used to help make predictions: V1L18: 613, 15-21, 23, 24; V1L20: 2, 5, 8, 13-14, 16, 22-23; V2L24: 3-4, 7-8, 14-16, 22-24; V2L28: 2-6, 8-9, 11-12, 16, 18, 21-22

• Retell a story in chronological order. Shared Reading: Each new lesson contains opportunities for after reading strategies: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246-255, 258267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: Each new lesson plan contains specific after reading strategies: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

• Recognize character and tone. Teacher determines through activities found throughout Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

• Identify and define new words and concepts. Shared Reading: Every new unit presents new words and concepts: 30, 42, 54, 66, 84, 96, 108, 120, 138, 150, 162, 174, 192, 204, 216, 228, 246, 258, 270, 282, 300, 312, 324, 336, 354, 366, 378, 390 Guided Reading: New words and concepts are introduced in every new Teaching Plan: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

Grade 2 51 of 123

Speak using skills appropriate to formal speech situations. Evaluated through pronunciation of new vocabulary: Shared Reading: 30, 42, 54, 66, 84, 96, 108, 120, 138, 150, 162, 174, 192, 204, 216, 228, 246, 258, 270, 282, 300, 312, 324, 336, 354, 366, 378, 390 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

• Use appropriate volume. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: Multiple opportunities with each new lesson to have students read orally: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246-255, 258267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

• Pronounce most words accurately. Evaluated through pronunciation of new vocabulary: Shared Reading: 30, 42, 54, 66, 84, 96, 108, 120, 138, 150, 162, 174, 192, 204, 216, 228, 246, 258, 270, 282, 300, 312, 324, 336, 354, 366, 378, 390 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

• Pace speech so that is understandable. Each new lesson contains after reading strategies that can be used to determine pace: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

• Demonstrate an awareness of audience. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: Multiple opportunities with each new lesson to have students read orally: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246-255, 258267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

Contribute to discussions. Evaluated by teacher through Talk Together and Discuss the Text: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

• Ask relevant questions. Shared Reading: 96, 104, 254, 266, 380, 392; Guided Reading: V1L18: 2, 4-5, 8, 11; V1L20: 5-6, 19; V2L24: 5, 7, 9, 13, 17-18, 22; V2L24: 12, 14, 18, 21

Grade 2 52 of 123

• Respond with appropriate information or opinions to questions asked. Shared Reading: 96, 104, 254, 266, 380, 392; Guided Reading: V1L18: 2, 4-5, 8, 11; V1L20: 5-6, 19; V2L24: 5, 7, 9, 13, 17-18, 22; V2L24: 12, 14, 18, 21

• Listen to and acknowledge the contributions of others. Evaluated by teacher through Talk Together and Discuss the Text: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

• Display appropriate turn-taking behaviors. Evaluated by teacher through Talk Together and Discuss the Text: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

Participate in small and large group discussions and presentations. Evaluated by teacher through Talk Together and Discuss the Text: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

• Participate in everyday conversation. Opportunities throughout text for teacher to instruct and build upon standard through Talk Together and Discuss the Text: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

• Present oral readings. Shared Reading: Multiple opportunities with each new lesson to have students read orally: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228337, 246-255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: Each new teaching plan contains passages students can read orally: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

Grade 2 53 of 123

• Deliver short reports (e.g., Show-and-Tell, field trip summary). Teacher determines and expands upon everyday classroom activities: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-74, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: Each new teaching plan contains passages students can read orally: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

• Conduct short interviews. Teacher evaluates and expands upon activities found throughout Teacher’s Plan and Teaching Guides: Shared Reading: 96, 138, 216, 354, 378 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1, 15, 18; V1L20: 3, 8, 10, 15; V2L24: 1, 11; V2L28: 17

• Give simple directions and explanations. Teacher evaluates and expands upon activities found throughout Teacher’s Plan and Teaching Guides: Shared Reading: 96, 138, 216, 354, 378 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1, 15, 18; V1L20: 3, 8, 10, 15; V2L24: 1, 11; V2L28: 17




N/A






Teacher can use and expand upon ESL/ELL Support found throughout Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plan: Shared Reading: e.g.; 47, 61, 87, 111, 143, 167, 217, 261, 301, 333 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24


Teacher can use and expand upon ESL/ELL Support found throughout Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plan: Shared Reading: e.g.; 47, 61, 87, 111, 143, 167, 217, 261, 301, 333 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

Grade 2 54 of 123






N/A

• Use tables of contents, key words and guide words. N/A




• Summarize, orally or in writing, the main ideas. N/A

Grade 2 55 of 123

ASSESSMENT ANCHOR


R3.A.1.1 Identify and interpret the meaning of vocabulary Shared Reading: Every new unit introduces new vocabulary: 30, 42, 54, 66, 84, 96, 108, 120, 138, 150, 162, 174, 192, 204, 216, 228, 246, 258, 270, 282, 300, 312, 324, 336, 354, 366, 378, 390 Guided Reading: Vocabulary is introduced in every new Teaching Plan: V1L18: 124; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

R3.A.1.1.1 Identify and/or interpret meaning of multiple meaning words used in text.

Shared Reading: 166, 262 Guided Reading: V1L18: 3; V2L24: 6, 19, 22; V2L28: 19

R3.A.1.1.2 Identify and/or interpret a synonym or antonym of a word used in text.

Shared Reading: 119, 124, 340, 389, 394 Guided Reading: V1L18: 12, 16; V1L20: 15; V2L24: 10

R3.A.1.2 Identify and apply word recognition skills. Shared Reading: Every new unit introduces new vocabulary that can be used as a basis to identify and apply word recognition skills: 30, 42, 54, 66, 84, 96, 108, 120, 138, 150, 162, 174, 192, 204, 216, 228, 246, 258, 270, 282, 300, 312, 324, 336, 354, 366, 378, 390 Guided Reading: Vocabulary is introduced in every new Teaching Plan that can be used as a basis to identify and apply word recognition skills: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 123; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24


Shared Reading: 316



R3.A.1.3 Make inferences, draw conclusions based on text. Shared Reading: 174, 176, 178, 180, 182 Guided Reading: V1L18: 9; V1L20: 11; V2L24: 5; V2L28: 4



R3.A.1.4 Identify and explain main ideas and relevant details. Shared Reading: 116, 120, 122, 124, 126, 128, 204, 266, 278, 320, 332 Guided Reading: V1L18: 6, 9, 24; V1L20: 17; V2L24: 3, 4, 6, 23; V2L28: 4-5, 8, 10, 11, 17, 20


Shared Reading: 116, 120, 122, 124, 126, 128, 204, 266, 278, 320, 332 Guided Reading: V1L18: 6, 9, 24; V1L20: 17; V2L24: 3, 4, 6, 23; V2L28: 4-5, 8, 10, 11, 17, 20

Grade 2 56 of 123

R3.A.1.5 Summarize a fictional text as a whole. Shared Reading: 54, 174, 192, 216, 228, 336, 390 Guided Reading: Teacher determines through Fiction lessons and After Reading strategies: V1L18: 1-3, 11-12, 14, 19, 21-23; V1L20: 1-3, 5, 7-13, 15-16, 18-20, 23; V2L24: 1-2, 5, 7-13, 17-18, 20; V2L28: 1-2, 7, 10, 13, 15, 23-24

R3.A.1.5.1 Summarize the key details and events of a fictional text. Shared Reading: 54, 174, 192, 216, 228, 336, 390 Guided Reading: Teacher determines through Fiction lessons and After Reading strategies: V1L18: 1-3, 11-12, 14, 19, 21-23; V1L20: 1-3, 5, 7-13, 15-16, 18-20, 23; V2L24: 1-2, 5, 7-13, 17-18, 20; V2L28: 1-2, 7, 10, 13, 15, 23-24

R3.A.1.6 Identify genre of text. Shared Reading: Found throughout Teacher’s Guide: e.g.; 54, 58, 84, 96, 108, 120, 150 Guided Reading: Genre identified on the front cover of each new lesson plan.

R3.A.1.6.1 Identify intended purpose of text. Each new lesson contains multiple opportunities to identify specific purposes for reading: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-54, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24



Shared Reading: Every new unit introduces new vocabulary: 30, 42, 54, 66, 84, 96, 108, 120, 138, 150, 162, 174, 192, 204, 216, 228, 246, 258, 270, 282, 300, 312, 324, 336, 354, 366, 378, 390 Guided Reading: Vocabulary is introduced in every new Teaching Plan: V1L18: 124; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

R3.A.2.1.1 Identify and/or interpret the meaning of multiple meaning words in text.

Shared Reading: 166, 262 Guided Reading: V1L18: 3; V2L24: 6, 19, 22; V2L28: 19


Shared Reading: Every new unit introduces new vocabulary that can be used as a basis to identify and/or interpret meaning of content-specific words used in text: 30, 42, 54, 66, 84, 96, 108, 120, 138, 150, 162, 174, 192, 204, 216, 228, 246, 258, 270, 282, 300, 312, 324, 336, 354, 366, 378, 390 Guided Reading: Every new lesson introduces new vocabulary that can be used as a basis to identify and/or interpret meaning of content-specific words used in text: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

Grade 2 57 of 123

R3.A.2.2 Identify and apply word recognition skills. Shared Reading: Every new unit introduces new vocabulary that can be used as a basis to identify and apply word recognition skills: 30, 42, 54, 66, 84, 96, 108, 120, 138, 150, 162, 174, 192, 204, 216, 228, 246, 258, 270, 282, 300, 312, 324, 336, 354, 366, 378, 390 Guided Reading: Vocabulary is introduced in every new Teaching Plan that can be used as a basis to identify and apply word recognition skills: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 123; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24


Shared Reading: 316



R3.A.2.3 Make inferences, draw conclusions, based on text. Shared Reading: 174, 176, 178, 180, 182 Guided Reading: V1L18: 9; V1L20: 11; V2L24: 5; V2L28: 4



R3.A.2.4 Identify and explain main ideas and relevant details. Shared Reading: 116, 120, 122, 124, 126, 128, 204, 266, 278, 320, 332 Guided Reading: V1L18: 6, 9, 24; V1L20: 17; V2L24: 3, 4, 6, 23; V2L28: 4-5, 8, 10, 11, 17, 20



R3.A.2.5 Summarize a non-fictional text as a whole. Teacher determine through any non-fiction activity found in Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: 119, 162, 257, 258, 260, 262, 264, 266, 270, 272, 274, 282, 284, 286, 288, 366, 372 Guided Reading: V1L18: 4-10; 13, 15-18; 20, 24; V1L20: 4, 6, 14, 17, 21-22; V2L24: 3-4, 6-8, 14-16, 19, 21-24; V2L28: 3-6, 8-9, 11-12, 14, 16-22



R3.A.2.6 Identify genre of text. Shared Reading: Found throughout Teacher’s Guide: e.g.; 54, 58, 84, 96, 108, 120, 150 Guided Reading: Genre identified on the front cover of each new lesson plan.

Grade 2 58 of 123

R3.A.2.6.1 Identify intended purpose of text. Each new lesson contains multiple opportunities to identify specific purposes for reading: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-54, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24



Each new lesson contains multiple opportunities to determine student ability to identify, interpret, compare, and describe components of fiction and literary nonfiction: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-54, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24


Each new lesson contains multiple opportunities to determine student ability to identify, interpret, compare, and/or describe components of fiction and literary nonfiction: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-54, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24


Shared Reading: 192, 196, 204, 206 Guided Reading: V1L18: 2-3; V1L20: 12, 18, 23; V2L24: 20; V2L28: 7, 13





Setting: Shared Reading: 192, 204 Guided Reading: V2L24: 17; V2L28: 16


Shared Reading: 192, 204 Guided Reading: V2L24: 17; V2L28: 16

Grade 2 59 of 123

Plot (may also be called action): Shared Reading: 62, 72, 208, 212 Guided Reading: V1L20: 15; V2L24: 10; V2L28: 15


Shared Reading: 62, 72, 208, 212 Guided Reading: V1L20: 15; V2L24: 10; V2L28: 15

R3.B.1.2 Make connections between texts. Shared Reading: 116, 120, 122, 124, 126, 128, 204, 266, 278, 320, 332 Guided Reading: V1L18: 6, 9, 24; V1L20: 17; V2L24: 3, 4, 6, 23; V2L28: 4-5, 8, 10, 11, 17, 20




Teacher evaluates through writing activities found in Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: 96, 138, 216, 354, 378 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1, 15, 18; V1L20: 3, 8, 10, 15; V2L24: 1, 11; V2L28: 17

R3.B.1.2.1 Identify and/or interpret examples of personification in text.

Shared Reading: 216, 218, 220 Guided Reading: V1L18: 19, 21-23; V1L20: 1-2; 7, 10, 12-13, 15, 23; V2L24: 1-3, 5, 9-12, 17-18; V2L28: 1, 10, 14, 24


R3.B.3.1 Differentiate fact from opinion in non-fictional text. Teacher determine through any non-fiction activity found in Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: 119, 162, 257, 258, 260, 262, 264, 266, 270, 272, 274, 282, 284, 286, 288, 366, 372 Guided Reading: V1L18: 4-10; 13, 15-18; 20, 24; V1L20: 4, 6, 14, 17, 21-22; V2L24: 3-4, 6-8, 14-16, 19, 21-24; V2L28: 3-6, 8-9, 11-12, 14, 16-22




Can be determined in any lesson: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-54, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24

Grade 2 60 of 123






Students use Graphic Organizers to identify and/or interpret text organization, including sequence, question/answer, comparison/contrast, cause/effect or problem/solution: Shared Reading: 302, 304, 306, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 400-406 Guided Reading: Back of cards for each lesson includes graphic organizers and charts for gathering information.


Can be determined in any lesson: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-54, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: V1L18: 1-24; V1L20: 1-23; V2L24: 1-24; V2L28: 1-24


Students use Graphic Organizers to interpret graphics and charts and/or make connections between text and the content of graphics and charts: Shared Reading: 302, 304, 306, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 400-406 Guided Reading: Back of cards for each lesson includes graphic organizers and charts for gathering information.


Graphic Organizers can be used to determine student ability to identify, compare, explain, and interpret how text organization clarifies meaning of non-fictional text: Shared Reading: 302, 304, 306, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 400-406 Guided Reading: Back of cards for each lesson includes graphic organizers and charts for gathering information.

Grade 3 61 of 123


Key: V1L30 - Volume 1 Level 30; V2L34 - Volume 2 Level 34; V2L38 - Volume 2 Level 38



Shared Reading: 54, 116, 149, 162, 164, 274, 286, 360; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-4, 15-16, 18-20; V2L34: 1, 3-5, 9, 11, 14, 15-18, 20-21; V3L38: 5, 7-8, 10-13, 15, 17, 19, 21


Shared Reading: 88, 100, 254, 366, 384, 392; Guided Reading: V1L30: 4, 6, 11, 17; V2L34: 3-4, 8, 17, 21; V3L38: 7, 10, 14-15, 20


Shared Reading: 95, 98, 119, 122, 269, 272, 311, 314, 338; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-2, 5, 9, 14, 18-19; V2L34: 6, 9, 11, 19; V3L38: 3, 8, 16, 22


Shared Reading: 54, 58, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 96, 108, 110, 120, 124, 128, 138, 162, 174, 182, 191, 294, 206, 228, 232, 318, 326, 358, 362, 372, 374, 386, 398 Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-6, 8, 10-16, 19-21; V2L34: 1-2, 4, 6, 8, 10-11, 17-18, 20-21; V3L38: 8-10, 12-15, 17


Shared Reading: 245, 248, 323, 326, 377, 380, 389; Guided Reading: V1L30: 12, 15-16, 19; V2L34: 1, 7, 12-13, 22; V3L38: 1, 9-10, 12, 17, 19


Shared Reading: Each new unit provides multiple vocabulary words, e.g., 30, 42, 54, 62, 66, 84, 96, 108, 120, 138, 150, 162, 174, 192, 218, 220, 224, 228, 246, 258, 279, 282, 300, 312, 324, 336, 354, 366, 378, 390; Guided Reading: Each new Teaching Plan offers multiple vocabulary words, e.g., V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

Grade 3 62 of 123


Teacher determines through after reading strategies found throughout Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399 Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

• Retell or summarize the major ideas, themes or procedures of the text. Shared Reading: Strategies presented in weekly lesson plans: 28-29, 40-41, 5253, 64-65, 82-83, 94-95, 106-107, 118-119, 136-137, 148-149, 160-161, 172-173, 186-187, 190-191, 202-203, 214-215, 226-227, 244-245, 256-257, 268-269, 280281, 298-299, 310-311, 322-323, 334-335, 352-353, 364-365, 376-377, 388-389; Guided Reading: Opportunities throughout Teacher Guides: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

• Connect the new information or ideas in the text to known information. Teacher determines through after reading strategies found throughout Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

• Clarify ideas and understandings through rereading and discussion. Teacher determines through after reading strategies found throughout Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22


Teacher determines through after reading strategies found throughout Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

Grade 3 63 of 123

Demonstrate fluency and comprehension in reading. Fluency: Shared Reading: 34, 178; Guided Reading: Teacher may expand upon fluency activities, e.g., V1L30: 9, 12; V2L34: 12-13, 16; V3L38: 4, 18 Comprehension: Shared Reading: 48, 60, 62, 90, 92, 104, 116, 126, 128, 173-174, 178, 180, 182, 252, 254, 264, 384; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-3, 5, 7-13, 19-21; V2L34: 1, 2, 5, 7-12, 14, 16-17, 2022; V3L38: 1-4, 6-8, 10-12, 14, 20-22

• Read familiar materials aloud with accuracy. Shared Reading: Strategies presented in weekly lesson plans: 28-29, 40-41, 5253, 64-65, 82-83, 94-95, 106-107, 118-119, 136-137, 148-149, 160-161, 172-173, 186-187, 190-191, 202-203, 214-215, 226-227, 244-245, 256-257, 268-269, 280281, 298-299, 310-311, 322-323, 334-335, 352-353, 364-365, 376-377, 388-389 Guided Reading: Opportunities throughout Teacher Guides: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

• Self-correct mistakes. Shared Reading: 288, 290, 324, 328, 330, 332; Guided Reading: Opportunities through assessment checkpoints: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

• Use appropriate rhythm, flow, meter and pronunciation. Shared Reading: Teacher determines through any reading and/or spelling lesson and: 142, 164, 176; Guided Reading: Opportunities throughout Teacher Guides can be used to assess student ability: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

• Read a variety of genres and types of text. Shared Reading: Found throughout Teacher’s Guide: e.g.; 30, 42, 84, 150, 228, 246, 258, 282, 332; Guided Reading: Genre identified on the front cover of each new lesson plan.

• Demonstrate comprehension (Standard 1.1.3.G.). Shared Reading: 48, 60, 62, 90, 92, 104, 116, 126, 128, 173-174, 178, 180, 182, 252, 254, 264, 384; Guided Reading: Comprehension evaluated in each lesson when teacher uses After Reading, and Reread and Assess strategies found throughout Teaching Plans: V1L30: 1-3, 5, 7-13, 19-21; V2L34: 1, 2, 5, 7-12, 14, 16-17, 20-22; V3L38: 14, 6-8, 10-12, 14, 20-22

Grade 3 64 of 123



Teacher can determine through any activity: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

• Differentiate fact from opinion within text. Shared Reading: 54, 198, 200, 330, 368, 370; Guided Reading: V1L30: 17; V2L34: 1, 7, 9; V3L38; 7, 13


Shared Reading: Teacher can expand upon reading activities in text and: 356, 368; Guided Reading: V1L30: 14, 18, 20; V2L34: 17, 20, 21; V3L38: 2


Shared Reading: 173, 174, 178, 180; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1, 7, 12; V2L34: 5, 9; V3L38: 3


Shared Reading: 90, 210, 212, 230, 290; Guided Reading: V1l30: 3, 5, 10, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21; V2L34: 1-3, 5, 10-11, 14-15, 17-18, 20; V3L38: 2, 4-5, 7, 10, 12, 15-18, 20




N/A




Shared Reading: e.g.; 54, 66, 84, 96, 138, 150, 228, 270, 336, 378; Guided Reading: Opportunities found throughout Teaching Plans under Writing strategies that reinforce standard.

Grade 3 65 of 123


Read and understand works of literature. Each new lesson contains multiple opportunities to read and understand works of literature: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

Identify literary elements in stories describing characters, setting and plot. Shared Reading: Character: 168, 377, 378; Setting: 192, 204; Plot: 200, 212; Guided Reading: Character: V1L30: 1-2, 9, 11-12; V2L34: 8, 12-13, 21-22; V3L38: 3, 6, 8, 11 Setting: V2L34: 10, 12, 21; V3L38: 6; Plot: V1L30: 2, 14; V1L34: 12-13, 16; V3L38: 9, 19

Identify literary devices in stories (e.g., rhyme, rhythm, personification). Shared Reading: 53, 215, 218, 220, 222, 224; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1, 3, 7, 14, 16; V2L34: 7-8, 10, 17, 22; V3L38: 6, 8-9, 20, 22


Shared Reading: 54, 56, 58, 62, 216, 218, 220, 222, 224; Guided Reading: See Kindergarten and 1st Grades.


Shared Reading: Examples of dialogue that can be expanded upon: 65, 70, 112, 234, 324; Guided Reading: Teacher determines and expands upon Fiction lessons: V1L30: 1, 7; V2L34: 10, 18, 22; V3L38: 3, 9, 14, 19, 22

Read and respond to nonfiction and fiction including poetry and drama. Shared Reading: Nonfiction: 30, 42, 96, 150, 162, 174, 246, 258; Fiction: 138, 204, 228, 378; Poetry: 54, 56, 58, 62, 216, 218, 220, 222, 224; Drama: 107, 389; Guided Reading: Nonfiction: V1L30: 3-6, 10, 13, 15, 19-21; V2L34: 1-5, 7, 9, 11, 14-15, 17, 10-21; V3L38: 2, 4-5, 7, 10, 12-13, 15-17, 20-21; Fiction/Drama: V1L30: 1-2, 7-9, 11-12, 14, 16, 18; V2L34: 6, 8, 10, 12-13, 16, 18, 22; V3L38: 1, 3, 6, 8-9, 11, 14, 18-19, 22; Poetry: See Kindergarten and 1st Grades.

Grade 3 66 of 123


Write narrative pieces (e.g., stories, poems, plays). Shared Reading: 29, 53, 83, 95, 107, 137, 173, 203, 227, 353; Guided Reading: V1L30: 7-8, 11-12, 14, 16, 18; V2L34: 5-6, 13, 16, 18, 22; V3L38: 2, 6-7, 9, 11, 14, 19, 21

• Include detailed descriptions of people, places and things. Determined by teacher through Writing activities: Shared Reading: 29, 53, 83, 95, 107, 137, 173, 203, 227, 353; Guided Reading: V1L30: 7-8, 11-12, 14, 16, 18; V2L34: 5-6, 13, 16, 18, 22; V3L38: 2, 6-7, 9, 11, 14, 19, 21

• Use relevant illustrations. Shared Reading: 54, 286, 360; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-2, 7, 14, 16; V2L34: 6, 8, 10, 12-13, 16, 18; V3L38: 1, 3, 6, 8-10, 14, 18-19, 22

• Include literary elements Shared Reading: 53, 215, 218, 220, 222, 224; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1, 3, 7, 14, 16; V2L34: 7-8, 10, 17, 22; V3L38: 6, 8-9, 20, 22


Shared Reading: 41, 119, 191, 245, 257, 269, 281, 323, 335, 365; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1, 3-6, 9-10, 15, 17, 19-21; V2L34: 1-4, 7-10, 12, 14-15, 17, 19, 21; V3L38: 1, 3-5, 8, 10, 12, 15-18, 20, 22

Write an opinion and support it with facts. Shared Reading: Lessons and activities found in text can be used and expanded upon to reinforce standard: 54, 198, 200, 330, 368, 384; Guided Reading: V1L30: 17; V2L34: 1, 7; V3L38: 3, 6, 8, 11


Write with a sharp, distinct focus identifying topic, task and audience. Determined by teacher through Writing activities: Shared Reading: 29, 53, 83, 95, 107, 137, 173, 203, 227, 353; Guided Reading: V1L30: 7-8, 11-12, 14, 16, 18; V2L34: 5-6, 13, 16, 18, 22; V3L38: 2, 6-7, 9, 11, 14, 19, 21

Write using well-developed content appropriate for the topic. Determined by teacher through Writing activities: Shared Reading: 41, 119, 191, 245, 257, 269, 281, 323, 335, 365; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1, 3-6, 9-10, 15, 17, 19-21; V2L34: 1-4, 7-10, 12, 14-15, 17, 19, 21; V3L38: 1, 3-5, 8, 10, 12, 15-18, 20, 22

Grade 3 67 of 123

• Gather and organize information. Graphic Organizers: Shared Reading: 302, 304, 306, 308, 312, 314, 318, 320, 400-405; Guided Reading: Back of cards for each lesson includes graphic organizers and charts for gathering information.

• Write a series of related sentences or paragraphs with one central idea. Determined by teacher through Writing activities: Shared Reading: 41, 119, 191, 245, 257, 269, 281, 323, 335, 365; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1, 3-6, 9-10, 15, 17, 19-21; V2L34: 1-4, 7-10, 12, 14-15, 17, 19, 21; V3L38: 1, 3-5, 8, 10, 12, 15-18, 20, 22

• Incorporate details relevant and appropriate to the topic. Determined by teacher through Writing activities: Shared Reading: 29, 53, 83, 95, 107, 137, 173, 203, 227, 353; Guided Reading: V1L30: 7-8, 11-12, 14, 16, 18; V2L34: 5-6, 13, 16, 18, 22; V3L38: 2, 6-7, 9, 11, 14, 19, 21

Write with controlled and/or subtle organization. Teacher evaluates through Graphic Organizers: Shared Reading: 302, 304, 306, 308, 312, 314, 318, 320, 400-405; Guided Reading: Back of cards for each lesson includes graphic organizers and charts for gathering information.

• Sustain a logical order. Determined by teacher through Writing activities: Shared Reading: 41, 119, 191, 245, 257, 269, 281, 323, 335, 365; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1, 3-6, 9-10, 15, 17, 19-21; V2L34: 1-4, 7-10, 12, 14-15, 17, 19, 21; V3L38: 1, 3-5, 8, 10, 12, 15-18, 20, 22

• Include a recognizable beginning, middle and end. Determined by teacher through Writing activities: Shared Reading: 29, 53, 83, 95, 107, 137, 173, 203, 227, 353; Guided Reading: V1L30: 7-8, 11-12, 14, 16, 18; V2L34: 5-6, 13, 16, 18, 22; V3L38: 2, 6-7, 9, 11, 14, 19, 21

Write with an awareness of the stylistic aspects of composition. Determined by teacher through Writing activities: Shared Reading: 41, 119, 191, 245, 257, 269, 281, 323, 335, 365; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1, 3-6, 9-10, 15, 17, 19-21; V2L34: 1-4, 7-10, 12, 14-15, 17, 19, 21; V3L38: 1, 3-5, 8, 10, 12, 15-18, 20, 22

• Use sentences of differing lengths and complexities. Shared Reading: 29, 53, 83, 95, 107, 137, 173, 203, 227, 353; Guided Reading: Any Writing activity found in Teaching Plans meets standard and is evaluated by teacher.

• Use descriptive words and action verbs. Determined by teacher through Writing activities: Shared Reading: 41, 119, 191, 245, 257, 269, 281, 323, 335, 365; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1, 3-6, 9-10, 15, 17, 19-21; V2L34: 1-4, 7-10, 12, 14-15, 17, 19, 21; V3L38: 1, 3-5, 8, 10, 12, 15-18, 20, 22

Grade 3 68 of 123


Shared Reading: 29, 53, 83, 95, 107, 137, 173, 203, 227, 353; Guided Reading: V1L30: 7-8, 11-12, 14, 16, 18; V2L34: 5-6, 13, 16, 18, 22; V3L38: 2, 6-7, 9, 11, 14, 19, 21

Edit writing using the conventions of language. Determined by teacher through Writing activities: Shared Reading: 41, 119, 191, 245, 257, 269, 281, 323, 335, 365; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1, 3-6, 9-10, 15, 17, 19-21; V2L34: 1-4, 7-10, 12, 14-15, 17, 19, 21; V3L38: 1, 3-5, 8, 10, 12, 15-18, 20, 22

• Spell common, frequently used words correctly. Shared Reading: Established through vocabulary lessons: 30, 42, 54, 62, 66, 84, 96, 108, 120, 138, 150, 162, 174, 192, 218, 220, 224, 228, 246, 258, 279, 282, 300, 312, 324, 336, 354, 366, 378, 390; Guided Reading: Each new Teaching Plan offers multiple vocabulary words: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22


Shared Reading: Determined by teacher through any Writing and: 161, 166, 281, 286; Guided Reading: Any Writing activity found in Teaching Plans meets standard and is evaluated by teacher.


Shared Reading: 220, 377, 382; Guided Reading: Any Writing activity found in Teaching Plans meets standard and is evaluated by teacher.


Shared Reading: 65, 83, 107, 161, 164, 166, 206, 281, 286, 299; Guided Reading: Any Writing activity found in Teaching Plans meets standard and is evaluated by teacher.


Shared Reading: See 2nd Grade, teacher can use any Writing activity to determine student ability; Guided Reading: Any Writing activity found in Teaching Plans meets standard and is evaluated by teacher.


Grade 3 69 of 123


Listen to others. Opportunities throughout text for teacher to instruct and build upon standard through Talk Together and Discuss the Text: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

• Ask questions as an aid to understanding. Shared Reading: 96, 98, 102, 104, 108, 210, 245, 250, 354; Guided Reading: Each new lesson plan contains opportunities for students to ask questions as an aid to understanding: V1L30: 1-21; V1L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

• Distinguish fact from opinion. Shared Reading: 54, 198, 200, 330, 368, 370; Guided Reading: V1L30: 17; V2L34: 1, 7, 9; V3L38; 7, 13

Listen to a selection of literature (fiction and/or nonfiction). Shared Reading: Nonfiction: 30, 42, 96, 150, 162, 174, 246, 258; Fiction: 138, 204, 228, 378; Poetry: 54, 56, 58, 62, 216, 218, 220, 222, 224; Drama: 107, 389; Guided Reading: Nonfiction: V1L30: 3-6, 10, 13, 15, 19-21; V2L34: 1-5, 7, 9, 11, 14-15, 17, 10-21; V3L38: 2, 4-5, 7, 10, 12-13, 15-17, 20-21; Fiction/Drama: V1L30: 1-2, 7-9, 11-12, 14, 16, 18; V2L34: 6, 8, 10, 12-13, 16, 18, 22; V3L38: 1, 3, 6, 8-9, 11, 14, 18-19, 22

• Relate it to similar experiences. Shared Reading: Teacher can use after reading strategies found throughout text and: 138, 140; Guided Reading: Before Reading activities provide ample opportunities for students to relate similar experience in each new lesson in Teaching Plans.

• Predict what will happen next. Shared Reading: 54, 116, 149, 162, 164, 274, 286, 360; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-4, 15-16, 18-20; V2L34: 1, 3-5, 9, 11, 14, 15-18, 20-21; V3L38: 5, 7-8, 10-13, 15, 17, 19, 21

• Retell a story in chronological order. After reading strategies can be used to meet and build upon standard: Shared Reading: 48, 60, 62, 90, 92, 104, 116, 126, 128, 173-174, 178, 180, 182, 252, 254, 264, 384; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-3, 5, 7-13, 19-21; V2L34: 1, 2, 5, 7-12, 14, 16-17, 2022; V3L38: 1-4, 6-8, 10-12, 14, 20-22

Grade 3 70 of 123

• Recognize character and tone. Teacher determines through activities found throughout Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

• Identify and define new words and concepts. Shared Reading: Every new unit presents new words and concepts: 30, 42, 54, 62, 66, 84, 96, 108, 120, 138, 150, 162, 174, 192, 218, 220, 224, 228, 246, 258, 279, 282, 300, 312, 324, 336, 354, 366, 378, 390; Guided Reading: Each new Teaching Plan offers new words and concepts: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

Speak using skills appropriate to formal speech situations. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

• Use appropriate volume. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

• Pronounce most words accurately. Teacher evaluates through vocabulary: Shared Reading: 30, 42, 54, 62, 66, 84, 96, 108, 120, 138, 150, 162, 174, 192, 218, 220, 224, 228, 246, 258, 279, 282, 300, 312, 324, 336, 354, 366, 378, 390; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

• Pace speech so that is understandable. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

• Demonstrate an awareness of audience. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399; Guided

Grade 3 71 of 123

Reading: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

Contribute to discussions. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

• Ask relevant questions. Shared Reading: 96, 98, 102, 104, 108, 210, 245, 250, 354; Guided Reading: Each new lesson plan contains opportunities for students to ask relevant questions as an aid to understanding: V1L30: 1-21; V1L34: 1-22; V3L38: 122

• Respond with appropriate information or opinions to questions asked. Teacher determines through questions asked for after reading and comprehension activities: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

• Listen to and acknowledge the contributions of others. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

• Display appropriate turn-taking behaviors. Evaluated by teacher through Talk Together and Discuss the Text: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

Grade 3 72 of 123

Participate in small and large group discussions and presentations. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

• Participate in everyday conversation. Evaluated by teacher through Talk Together and Discuss the Text: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

• Present oral readings. Shared Reading: Multiple opportunities with each new lesson to have students read orally: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246-255, 258267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399; Guided Reading: Each new teaching plan contains passages students can read orally; V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

• Deliver short reports (e.g., Show-and-Tell, field trip summary). N/A • Conduct short interviews. N/A • Give simple directions and explanations. N/A • Report an emergency. N/A Use media for learning purposes. N/A


N/A

• Explain how advertising sells products. N/A • Show or explain what was learned (e.g., audiotape, computer download).

See Kindergarten and 1st Grade.


Grade 3 73 of 123


Teacher can use and expand upon ESL/ELL Support found throughout Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plan: Shared Reading: e.g.; 33, 47, 51, 61, 63, 85, 99, 103, 109, 113, 121; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34 1-22; V3L38: 1-22


Teacher can use and expand upon ESL/ELL Support found throughout Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plan: Shared Reading: e.g.; 125, 139, 141, 153, 155, 157, 163, 165, 171; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

1.8. Research Pennsylvania’s public schools shall teach, challenge and support every student to realize his or her maximum potential and to acquire the knowledge and skills needed to: Select a topic for research. Shared Reading: Teacher can develop lessons and build on standard:

95, 203, 245, 311, 356, 358, 368 Locate information using appropriate sources and strategies. Shared Reading: Teacher can develop lessons and build on standard:

95, 203, 245, 311, 356, 358, 368 • Locate resources for a particular task (e.g., newspapers, dictionary). Shared Reading: Teacher can develop lessons and build on standard:

95, 203, 245, 311, 356, 358, 368 • Select sources (e.g., dictionaries, encyclopedias, interviews to write a family history, observations, electronic media).

Shared Reading: Teacher can develop lessons and build on standard: 95, 203, 245, 311, 356, 358, 368

• Use tables of contents, key words and guide words. Shared Reading: Teacher can develop lessons and build on standard: 95, 203, 245, 311, 356, 358, 368

• Use traditional and electronic search tools. Shared Reading: Teacher can develop lessons and build on standard: 95, 203, 245, 311, 356, 358, 368

Organize and present the main ideas from research. Shared Reading: Teacher can develop lessons and build on standard: 95, 203, 245, 311, 356, 358, 368

• Take notes from sources using a structured format. Shared Reading: Teacher can develop lessons and build on standard: 95, 203, 245, 311, 356, 358, 368

• Summarize, orally or in writing, the main ideas. Shared Reading: Teacher can develop lessons and build on standard: 95, 203, 245, 311, 356, 358, 368

Grade 3 74 of 123

ASSESSMENT ANCHOR


R3.A.1.1 Identify and interpret the meaning of vocabulary Shared Reading: Each new unit provides multiple vocabulary words, e.g., 30, 42, 54, 62, 66, 84, 96, 108, 120, 138, 150, 162, 174, 192, 218, 220, 224, 228, 246, 258, 279, 282, 300, 312, 324, 336, 354, 366, 378, 390; Guided Reading: Each new Teaching Plan offers multiple vocabulary words, e.g., V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

R3.A.1.1.1 Identify and/or interpret meaning of multiple meaning w ords used in text.

Shared Reading: 152, 392; Guided Reading: V1L30: 20; V2L34: 20; V3L38: 7, 11, 13-14


Shared Reading: 245, 248, 323, 326, 377, 380, 389; Guided Reading: V1L30: 12, 15-16, 19; V2L34: 1, 7, 12-13, 22; V3L38: 1, 9-10, 12, 17, 19

R3.A.1.2 Identify and apply word recognition skills. Shared Reading: Every new unit introduces new vocabulary that can be used as a basis to identify and apply word recognition skills: 30, 42, 54, 62, 66, 84, 96, 108, 120, 138, 150, 162, 174, 192, 218, 220, 224, 228, 246, 258, 279, 282, 300, 312, 324, 336, 354, 366, 378, 390; Guided Reading: Vocabulary is introduced in every new Teaching Plan that can be used as a basis to identify and apply word recognition skills: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 122; V3L38: 1-22


Shared Reading: 95, 98, 110, 122, 269, 272, 338; Guided Reading: V1L30: 2, 5, 9, 14, 18-19, 21; V2L34: 6, 9, 11, 19; V3L38: 2-3, 8, 16, 22


Shared Reading: Teacher can expand upon each new lesson to have students reread words and sentences: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-75, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216, 225, 228, 337, 246-255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399; Guided Reading: Each new teaching plan contains passages students can reread: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22

R3.A.1.3 Make inferences, draw conclusions based on text. Shared Reading: 173, 174, 178, 180; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1, 7, 12; V2L34: 5, 9; V3L38: 3


Shared Reading: 173, 174, 178, 180; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1, 7, 12; V2L34: 5, 9; V3L38: 3

Grade 3 75 of 123

R3.A.1.4 Identify and explain main ideas and relevant details. Shared Reading: 48, 60, 62, 90, 92, 104, 116, 126, 128, 173-174, 178, 180, 182, 252, 254, 264, 384; V1L30: 1-3, 5, 7-13, 19-21; Guided Reading: V2L34: 1, 2, 5, 7-12, 14, 16-17, 20-22; V3L38: 1-4, 6-8, 10-12, 14, 20-22


Shared Reading: 48, 60, 62, 90, 92, 104, 116, 126, 128, 173-174, 178, 180, 182, 252, 254, 264, 384; V1L30: 1-3, 5, 7-13, 19-21; Guided Reading: V2L34: 1, 2, 5, 7-12, 14, 16-17, 20-22; V3L38: 1-4, 6-8, 10-12, 14, 20-22

R3.A.1.5 Summarize a fictional text as a whole. Teacher uses any fiction activity to reinforce Standard: Shared Reading: 138, 107, 204, 228, 378, 389; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-2, 7-9, 11-12, 14, 16, 18; V2L34: 6, 8, 10, 12-13, 16, 18, 22; V3L38: 1, 3, 6, 8-9, 11, 14, 18-19, 22

R3.A.1.5.1 Summarize the key details and events of a fictional text. Teacher uses any fiction activity to reinforce Standard: Shared Reading: 138, 107, 204, 228, 378, 389; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-2, 7-9, 11-12, 14, 16, 18; V2L34: 6, 8, 10, 12-13, 16, 18, 22; V3L38: 1, 3, 6, 8-9, 11, 14, 18-19, 22

R3.A.1.6 Identify genre of text. Teacher uses any fiction activity to reinforce Standard: Shared Reading: 138, 107, 204, 228, 378, 389; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-2, 7-9, 11-12, 14, 16, 18; V2L34: 6, 8, 10, 12-13, 16, 18, 22; V3L38: 1, 3, 6, 8-9, 11, 14, 18-19, 22

R3.A.1.6.1 Identify intended purpose of text. Teacher uses any fiction activity to reinforce Standard: Shared Reading: 138, 107, 204, 228, 378, 389; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-2, 7-9, 11-12, 14, 16, 18; V2L34: 6, 8, 10, 12-13, 16, 18, 22; V3L38: 1, 3, 6, 8-9, 11, 14, 18-19, 22



Teacher uses any nonfiction activity to reinforce standard; Shared Reading: 30, 42, 96, 150, 162, 174, 246, 258; Guided Reading: V1L30: 3-6, 10, 13, 15, 19-21; V2L34: 1-5, 7, 9, 11, 14-15, 17, 10-21; V3L38: 2, 4-5, 7, 10, 12-13, 15-17, 20-21





Grade 3 76 of 123

R3.A.2.2 Identify and apply word recognition skills. Teacher uses any nonfiction activity to reinforce standard; Shared Reading: 30, 42, 96, 150, 162, 174, 246, 258; Guided Reading: V1L30: 3-6, 10, 13, 15, 19-21; V2L34: 1-5, 7, 9, 11, 14-15, 17, 10-21; V3L38: 2, 4-5, 7, 10, 12-13, 15-17, 20-21





R3.A.2.3 Make inferences, draw conclusions, based on text. Teacher uses any nonfiction activity to reinforce standard; Shared Reading: 30, 42, 96, 150, 162, 174, 246, 258; Guided Reading: V1L30: 3-6, 10, 13, 15, 19-21; V2L34: 1-5, 7, 9, 11, 14-15, 17, 10-21; V3L38: 2, 4-5, 7, 10, 12-13, 15-17, 20-21



R3.A.2.4 Identify and explain main ideas and relevant details. Teacher uses any nonfiction activity to reinforce standard; Shared Reading: 30, 42, 96, 150, 162, 174, 246, 258; Guided Reading: V1L30: 3-6, 10, 13, 15, 19-21; V2L34: 1-5, 7, 9, 11, 14-15, 17, 10-21; V3L38: 2, 4-5, 7, 10, 12-13, 15-17, 20-21



R3.A.2.5 Summarize a non-fictional text as a whole. Teacher uses any nonfiction activity to reinforce standard; Shared Reading: 30, 42, 96, 150, 162, 174, 246, 258; Guided Reading: V1L30: 3-6, 10, 13, 15, 19-21; V2L34: 1-5, 7, 9, 11, 14-15, 17, 10-21; V3L38: 2, 4-5, 7, 10, 12-13, 15-17, 20-21



Grade 3 77 of 123

R3.A.2.6 Identify genre of text. Teacher uses any nonfiction activity to reinforce standard; Shared Reading: 30, 42, 96, 150, 162, 174, 246, 258; Guided Reading: V1L30: 3-6, 10, 13, 15, 19-21; V2L34: 1-5, 7, 9, 11, 14-15, 17, 10-21; V3L38: 2, 4-5, 7, 10, 12-13, 15-17, 20-21

R3.A.2.6.1 Identify intended purpose of text. Teacher uses any nonfiction activity to reinforce standard; Shared Reading: 30, 42, 96, 150, 162, 174, 246, 258; Guided Reading: V1L30: 3-6, 10, 13, 15, 19-21; V2L34: 1-5, 7, 9, 11, 14-15, 17, 10-21; V3L38: 2, 4-5, 7, 10, 12-13, 15-17, 20-21



Opportunities throughout text for teacher to instruct and build upon standard throughout Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: 30-39, 42-51, 54-63, 66-73, 84-93, 96-105, 108-117, 120-129, 138-147, 150-159, 162-151, 174-183, 192-201, 204-211, 216-225, 228-337, 246255, 258-267, 270-279, 282-291, 300-309, 312-321, 324-333, 336-345, 354-363, 366-375, 378-387, 390-399; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-21; V2L34: 1-22; V3L38: 1-22




Shared Reading: 168, 377, 378; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1-2, 9, 11-12; V2L34: 8, 12-13, 21-22; V3L38: 3, 6, 8, 11





Setting: Shared Reading: 192, 204; Guided Reading: V2L34: 10, 12, 21; V3L38: 6


Shared Reading: 192, 204; Guided Reading: V2L34: 10, 12, 21; V3L38: 6

Grade 3 78 of 123

Plot (may also be called action): Shared Reading: 200, 212; Guided Reading: V1L30: 2, 14; V1L34: 12-13, 16; V3L38: 9, 19


Shared Reading: 200, 212; Guided Reading: V1L30: 2, 14; V1L34: 12-13, 16; V3L38: 9, 19

R3.B.1.2 Make connections between texts. Shared Reading: 138, 140, 142, 144, 342, 344; Guided Reading: V2L34: 18; V3L38: 14


Shared Reading: 138, 140, 142, 144, 342, 344; Guided Reading: V2L34: 18; V3L38: 14



R3.B.1.2.1 Identify and/or interpret examples of personification in text. Literary Devices found in Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: 53, 215, 218, 220, 222, 224; Guided Reading: V1L30: 1, 3, 7, 14, 16; V2L34: 7-8, 10, 17, 22; V3L38: 6, 8-9, 20, 22


R3.B.3.1 Differentiate fact from opinion in non-fictional text. Shared Reading: 54, 198, 200, 330, 368, 370; Guided Reading: V1L30: 17; V2L34: 1, 7, 9; V3L38; 7, 13


Shared Reading: 54, 198, 200, 330, 368, 370; Guided Reading: V1L30: 17; V2L34: 1, 7, 9; V3L38; 7, 13


Shared Reading: Teacher can expand upon reading activities in text and: 356, 368; Guided Reading: V1L30: 14, 18, 20; V2L34: 17, 20, 21; V3L38: 2





Grade 3 79 of 123






Teacher uses any nonfiction activity to reinforce standard; Shared Reading: 30, 42, 96, 150, 162, 174, 246, 258, 302, 304, 306, 308, 312, 314, 318, 320, 400-405; Guided Reading: V1L30: 3-6, 10, 13, 15, 19-21; V2L34: 1-5, 7, 9, 11, 14-15, 17, 10-21; V3L38: 2, 4-5, 7, 10, 12-13, 15-17, 20-21; Graphic Organizers on back of each card



Grade 4 80 of 123

Good Habits, Great Readers Guided Reading & Shared Reading© 2007 Correlated to Pennsylvania Academic Standards for Reading, Writing, Speaking, and Listening & Reading Anchors Grade 4

Key: V1L40 - Volume 1 Level 40; V2L40 -Volume 2 Level 40


Establish the purpose for reading a type of text (literature, information) before reading.

Shared Reading: 124-125, 129; Guided Reading: Determined in Before Reading strategies: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

Select texts for a particular purpose using the format of the text as a guide.

Shared Reading: Teacher may expand upon text selections: 64, 74, 84, 94, 104, 120, 130, 140, 150, 166, 176, 186, 196, 212, 222, 232, 242, 252, 268, 278, 288, 298, 314, 324, 334, 344; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

Use knowledge of phonics, syllabication, prefixes, suffixes, the dictionary or context clues to decode and understand new words during reading. Use these words accurately in writing and speaking.

Shared Reading: Each new unit contains new text for students to use language structure: 64, 74, 84, 94, 104, 120, 130, 140, 150, 166, 176, 186, 196, 212, 222, 232, 242, 252, 268, 278, 288, 298, 314, 324, 334, 344; Guided Reading: Each new Teaching Plan provides ample text to reinforce standard: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

Identify the basic ideas and facts in text using strategies (e.g., prior knowledge, illustrations and headings) and information from other sources to make predictions about text.

Shared Reading: 59, 65-72, 86-87, 109-111, 214-215, 229, 284; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-4, 8, 12, 14, 16, 19, 21-22; V2L40: 25-26, 30-32, 38, 40, 42

Acquire a reading vocabulary by correctly identifying and using words (e.g., synonyms, homophones, homographs, words with roots, suffixes, prefixes). Use a dictionary or related reference.

Shared Reading: 315; V1L40: 15, 17, 20-23; Guided Reading: V2L40: 39-40, 45

Identify, understand the meaning of and use correctly key vocabulary from various subject areas.

Shared Reading: Teacher can use new text in each unit to fulfill standard: 64, 74, 84, 94, 104, 120, 130, 140, 150, 166, 176, 186, 196, 212, 222, 232, 242, 252, 268, 278, 288, 298, 314, 324, 334, 344; Guided Reading: V1L40: 15, 19; V2L40: 25

Grade 4 81 of 123


After reading strategies: Shared Reading: Nonfiction: 44, 207, 256, 257, 260, 261; Fiction: 39, 45-47, 68, 220-221, 263, 305, 326-327; Guided Reading: Nonfiction: V1L40: 1-2, 4-6, 8-11, 15-17, 19, 22; V2L40: 24-27, 30, 33-35, 38, 42-45; Fiction: V1L40: 3, 7, 12-14, 18, 20-21, 23; V2L40: 28-29, 3132, 36-37, 39-41

• Summarize the major ideas, themes or procedures of the text. Shared Reading: 59, 75, 107-111, 114-115, 152-158, 183, 191, 207, 226-230, 236237, 284, 286; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-2, 4-5, 8-12, 16-17, 19-22; V2L40: 25-33, 36-40, 42-43

• Relate new information or ideas from the text to that learned through additional reading and media (e.g., film, audiotape).

Shared Reading: 44, 353; Guided Reading: Teacher can build activities around lessons presented to reinforce standard; e.g.; V1L40: 8; V2L40: 42, 45

• Clarify ideas and understandings through rereading and discussion. Shared Reading: Each new unit contains opportunities for students to clarify ideas and understandings through various after reading strategies: e.g.; 76-83, 86-93, 96103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142-147, 152-157, 168-178, 178-185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224-231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336-343, 346-353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45


Shared Reading: Each new unit contains opportunities for students to make responsible assertions about texts through various after reading strategies: e.g.; 7683, 86-93, 96-103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142-147, 152-157, 168-178, 178185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224-231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290-297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336-343, 346-353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

• Extend ideas found in the text. Shared Reading: Teacher can determine through various after reading strategies: e.g.; 76-83, 86-93, 96-103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142-147, 152-157, 168178, 178-185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224-231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290-297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336-343, 346-353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

Demonstrate fluency and comprehension in reading. Shared Reading: Fluency: 75, 85, 105, 131, 141, 151, 187, 197, 269, 289, 315, 345; Comprehension: 54, 56, 59, 76, 91, 95, 106, 107, 119, 142, 207, 239, 245, 282, 290, 293-295; Guided Reading: Teacher determines through any lesson: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

Grade 4 82 of 123

• Read familiar materials aloud with accuracy. Shared Reading: Each new lesson contains text with familiar concepts: 66-73, 7683, 86-93, 96-103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142-147, 152-157, 168-175, 178185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224-231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290-297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336-343, 346-353; Guided Reading: Each new teaching plan contains text with familiar concepts: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

• Self-correct mistakes. Teacher can determine student ability through any reading/writing activity: Shared Reading: 66-73, 76-83, 86-93, 96-103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142147, 152-157, 168-175, 178-185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224-231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290-297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336343, 346-353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

• Use appropriate rhythm, flow, meter and pronunciation. Teacher can evaluate through any reading lesson and: Shared Reading: 105, 187, 197, 269, 289, 315; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

• Read a variety of genres and types of text. Shared Reading: Found throughout Teacher’s Guide: e.g.; 39, 45-47, 68; Guided Reading: Genre identified on the front cover of each new lesson plan.

• Demonstrate comprehension (Standard 1.1.5.G.). Shared Reading: 54, 56, 59, 76, 91, 95, 106, 107, 119, 142, 207, 239, 245, 282, 290, 293-295; Guided Reading: Teacher determines through any lesson: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45



Shared Reading: 110, 136, 137; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1, 2, 19; V2L40: 25, 29, 30, 44, 45

• Differentiate fact from opinion across text. Shared Reading: 224, 225, 240, 350, 351, 353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 4-6, 9-11, 15-17; V2L40: 24-25, 34-35, 38, 42, 44, 45

• Distinguish between essential and nonessential information across a variety of texts, identifying stereotypes and exaggeration where present.

Shared Reading: 110, 136, 137; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1, 2; V2L40: 25, 29

• Make inferences about similar concepts in multiple texts and draw conclusions.

Shared Reading: 114, 115, 154, 155-157, 183, 224-226, 237; Guided Reading: V1L40; 2, 4-5, 8-12, 14, 16-17, 19-20, 22; V2L40: 25-29, 31, 33, 35-37, 39-40, 43, 45

Grade 4 83 of 123

• Evaluate text organization and content to determine the author’s purpose and effectiveness.

Opportunities found throughout Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans for student to evaluate text organization and content to determine the author’s purpose: e.g.; Shared Reading: 89, 200, 201, 246-247, 249, 251; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-4, 6, 8-9, 16-17, 21; V2L40: 1, 3, 30-31, 35, 45

Use and understand a variety of media and evaluate the quality of material produced.


• Use a variety of media (e.g., computerized card catalogues, encyclopedias) for research.


• Evaluate the role of media as a source of both entertainment and information. N/A

• Use established criteria to design and develop a media project (e.g., script, play, audiotape) for a targeted audience.

N/A


Opportunities throughout text for students to produce work in a variety of genres: e.g.; Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L40; 1-23; V2L40: 24-45


Read and understand works of literature. Each new lesson contains multiple opportunities to read and understand works of literature: Shared Reading: 66-73, 76-83, 86-93, 96-103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142147, 152-157, 168-175, 178-185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224-231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290-297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336343, 346-353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

Compare the use of literary elements within and among texts including characters, setting, plot, theme and point of view.

Shared Reading: Character: 272, 273, 275; Setting: 161, 188, 194, 204; Plot: 161, 178, 179, 192, 193; Point of View: 172, 173, 269; Guided Reading: Character: V1l40: 3, 7, 12, 13, 18, 20-21, 23; V2L40: 26, 28, 32, 39-40; Setting; V1L40: 12, 20-21; V2L40: 28, 39, 41; Plot: V1L40: 12-13, 18, 23; V2L40: 36-37; Point of View: V1L40: 6, 8, 11; V2L40: 28, 36, 39-40, 43

Grade 4 84 of 123

Describe how the author uses literary devices to convey meaning. Shared Reading: 89, 95, 131, 141, 177, 187, 197, 213, 269, 279, 299, 325; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1, 3, 9, 12, 13, 23; V2L40: 36, 39

• Sound techniques (e.g., rhyme, rhythm, meter, alliteration). Established in earlier grades in the Good Habits, Great Readers program.

• Figurative language (e.g., personification, simile, metaphor, hyperbole). Each new lesson offers opportunities for students to write, use and understand use of figurative language: Shared Reading: 66-73, 76-83, 86-93, 96-103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142147, 152-157, 168-175, 178-185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224-231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290-297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336343, 346-353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

Identify and respond to the effects of sound and structure in poetry (e.g., alliteration, rhyme, verse form).

Established in earlier grades in the Good Habits, Great Readers program.

Analyze drama as information source, entertainment, persuasion or transmitter of culture.

Lessons can be developed to enable students to analyze drama: e.g.; Shared Reading: 39, 234, 235, 269, 299, 326, 327, 338, 339; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

Read and respond to nonfiction and fiction including poetry and drama. Shared Reading: Nonfiction: 44, 207, 256, 257, 260, 261; Fiction: 39, 45-47, 68, 220-221, 263, 305, 326-327; Guided Reading: Nonfiction: V1L40: 1-2, 4-6, 8-11, 15-17, 19, 22; V2L40: 24-27, 30, 33-35, 38, 42-45; Fiction: V1L40: 3, 7, 12-14, 18, 20-21, 23; V2L40: 28-29, 3132, 36-37, 39-41


Write poems, plays and multi-paragraph stories. Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L40: 10, 12-14, 17-18, 233; V2L40: 28-29; 31-32; 36-37, 39, 41-42, 44

• Include detailed descriptions of people, places and things. Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L40: 10, 12-14, 17-18, 233; V2L40: 28-29; 31-32; 36-37, 39, 41-42, 44

Grade 4 85 of 123

• Use relevant illustrations. Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L40: 10, 12-14, 17-18, 233; V2L40: 28-29; 31-32; 36-37, 39, 41-42, 44

• Utilize dialogue. Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L40: 10, 12-14, 17-18, 233; V2L40: 28-29; 31-32; 36-37, 39, 41-42, 44

• Apply literary conflict. Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L40: 10, 12-14, 17-18, 233; V2L40: 28-29; 31-32; 36-37, 39, 41-42, 44

• Include literary elements Teacher evaluates through writing activities: (Standard 1.3.5.B.). Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174,

184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L40: 10, 12-14, 17-18, 233; V2L40: 28-29; 31-32; 36-37, 39, 41-42, 44

• Use literary devices Teacher evaluates through writing activities: (Standard 1.3.5.C.). Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174,

184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L40: 10, 12-14, 17-18, 233; V2L40: 28-29; 31-32; 36-37, 39, 41-42, 44

Write multi-paragraph informational pieces (e.g., essays, descriptions, letters, reports, instructions).

Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L40: 2-9, 15-16, 19-22; V2L40: 24-27, 30-31, 33-35, 38, 40, 42-43, 45

• Include cause and effect. Shared Reading: Teacher evaluates through writing activities: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1, 6-7, 12-13, 15, 17, 19-20; V2L40: 25-26, 35, 38-39, 44

• Develop a problem and solution when appropriate to the topic. Shared Reading: Teacher evaluates through writing activities: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L40: 3, 5-6, 10, 18-19; V2L40: 31, 37, 39, 44

Grade 4 86 of 123

• Use relevant graphics (e.g., maps, charts, graphs, tables, illustrations, photographs).

Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: Each lessons includes opportunities for students to learn and use a variety of relevant graphics; graphic organizers on back of each lesson plan.

Write persuasive pieces with a clearly stated position or opinion and supporting detail, citing sources when needed.

Shared Reading: 350, 351, 353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1, 11


Write with a sharp, distinct focus identifying topic, task and audience. Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L40: 10, 12-14, 17-18, 233; V2L40: 28-29; 31-32; 36-37, 39, 41-42, 44

Write using well-developed content appropriate for the topic. Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L40: 2-9, 15-16, 19-22; V2L40: 24-27, 30-31, 33-35, 38, 40, 42-43, 45

• Gather, organize and select the most effective information appropriate for the topic, task and audience.

Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: Each lessons includes opportunities for students to learn and use a variety of graphics; graphic organizers on back of each lesson plan.

• Write paragraphs that have a topic sentence and supporting details. Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: Each lessons includes opportunities for students to learn and use a variety of relevant graphics; graphic organizers on back of each lesson plan.

Write with controlled and/or subtle organization. Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: Each lessons includes opportunities for students to use a variety of organizational tools; graphic organizers on back of each lesson plan.

Grade 4 87 of 123

• Sustain a logical order within sentences and between paragraphs using meaningful transitions.

Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L40: 2-9, 15-16, 19-22; V2L40: 24-27, 30-31, 33-35, 38, 40, 42-43, 45

• Include an identifiable introduction, body and conclusion. Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L40: 10, 12-14, 17-18, 233; V2L40: 28-29; 31-32; 36-37, 39, 41-42, 44

Write with an understanding of the stylistic aspects of composition. Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L40: 2-9, 15-16, 19-22; V2L40: 24-27, 30-31, 33-35, 38, 40, 42-43, 45

• Use different types and lengths of sentences. Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L40: 10, 12-14, 17-18, 233; V2L40: 28-29; 31-32; 36-37, 39, 41-42, 44

• Use precise language including adjectives, adverbs, action verbs and specific details that convey the writer’s meaning.

Shared Reading: 20-21, 65, 85, 141, 167, 177, 215, 233, 243, 253, 279, 315, 325, 345; Guided Reading: Teacher determines through any writing activity found in Teaching Plans.

• Develop and maintain a consistent voice. Shared Reading: 187, 197, 269, 289, 315; Guided Reading: Teacher determines through any writing activity found in Teaching Plans.

Revise writing to improve organization and word choice; check the logic, order of ideas and precision of vocabulary.

Shared Reading: Teacher can expand on each new unit's text readings to fulfill standard: 64, 74, 84, 94, 104, 120, 130, 140, 150, 166, 176, 186, 196, 212, 222, 232, 242, 252, 268, 278, 288, 298, 314, 324, 334, 344; Guided Reading: Opportunities through text readings and vocabulary words: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

Edit writing using the conventions of language. Shared Reading: Writing About It activities can be used by teacher as a basis for editing: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: Any writing activity can be used by teacher as a basis for editing.

• Spell common, frequently used words correctly. Shared Reading: Teacher can expand on each new unit's text readings to fulfill standard: 64, 74, 84, 94, 104, 120, 130, 140, 150, 166, 176, 186, 196, 212, 222, 232, 242, 252, 268, 278, 288, 298, 314, 324, 334, 344; Guided Reading: Opportunities through text readings and vocabulary words: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

Grade 4 88 of 123

• Use capital letters correctly. Established in early grades of Good Habits, Great Readers program and evaluated by teacher through any writing activity in texts.

• Punctuate correctly (periods, exclamation points, question marks, commas, quotation marks, apostrophes).

Established in early grades of Good Habits, Great Readers program and evaluated by teacher through any writing activity in texts.

• Use nouns, pronouns, verbs, adjectives, adverbs and conjunctions, prepositions and interjections properly.






Listen to others. Shared Reading: Students given opportunities during Review and Reflect and Pause and Reflect exercises: 40, 42, 44, 46, 50, 52, 54, 56, 66, 68, 70, 72, 76, 78, 80, 82, 86, 88, 90, 92, 96, 98, 100, 102, 106, 108, 110, 112, 122, 124, 126, 132, 134, 136, 138, 142, 144, 146, 148, 152, 154, 156, 158, 168, 170, 172, 174, 178, 180, 182, 184, 188, 190, 192, 194, 198, 200, 202, 204, 214, 216, 218, 220, 224, 226, 228, 230, 234, 236, 238, 240, 244, 246, 248, 250, 254, 256, 258, 260, 270, 272, 274, 276, 280, 282, 284, 286, 290, 292, 294, 296, 300, 302, 304, 306, 316, 318, 320, 322, 326, 328, 330, 332, 336, 338, 340, 342, 346, 348, 350; Guided Reading: Students given opportunities during After Reading strategies: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

Grade 4 89 of 123

• Ask pertinent questions. Shared Reading: Students given opportunities during Review and Reflect and Pause and Reflect exercises: 40, 42, 44, 46, 50, 52, 54, 56, 66, 68, 70, 72, 76, 78, 80, 82, 86, 88, 90, 92, 96, 98, 100, 102, 106, 108, 110, 112, 122, 124, 126, 132, 134, 136, 138, 142, 144, 146, 148, 152, 154, 156, 158, 168, 170, 172, 174, 178, 180, 182, 184, 188, 190, 192, 194, 198, 200, 202, 204, 214, 216, 218, 220, 224, 226, 228, 230, 234, 236, 238, 240, 244, 246, 248, 250, 254, 256, 258, 260, 270, 272, 274, 276, 280, 282, 284, 286, 290, 292, 294, 296, 300, 302, 304, 306, 316, 318, 320, 322, 326, 328, 330, 332, 336, 338, 340, 342, 346, 348, 350; Guided Reading: Students given opportunities during After Reading strategies: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

• Distinguish relevant information, ideas and opinions from those that are irrelevant.

Shared Reading: 110, 136, 137, 224, 225, 240, 350, 351, 353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1, 2, 4-6, 9-11, 15-17; V2L40: 24-25, 29, 34-35, 38, 42, 44, 45

• Take notes when prompted. Shared Reading: 263, 280, 281, 283, 284, 285, 291, 305; Guided Reading: Students use graphic organizers on back of each lesson plan.

Listen to a selection of literature (fiction and/or nonfiction). Shared Reading: Nonfiction: 44, 207, 256, 257, 260, 261; Fiction: 39, 45-47, 68, 220-221, 263, 305, 326-327; Guided Reading: Nonfiction: V1L40: 1-2, 4-6, 8-11, 15-17, 19, 22; V2L40: 24-27, 30, 33-35, 38, 42-45; Fiction: V1L40: 3, 7, 12-14, 18, 20-21, 23; V2L40: 28-29, 3132, 36-37, 39-41

• Relate it to what is known. Teacher activates prior knowledge thorough any reading activity: Shared Reading: Nonfiction: 44, 207, 256, 257, 260, 261; Fiction: 39, 45-47, 68, 220-221, 263, 305, 326-327; Guided Reading: Nonfiction: V1L40: 1-2, 4-6, 8-11, 15-17, 19, 22; V2L40: 24-27, 30, 33-35, 38, 42-45; Fiction: V1L40: 3, 7, 12-14, 18, 20-21, 23; V2L40: 28-29, 3132, 36-37, 39-41

• Predict the result of the story actions. Shared Reading: 59, 66-72, 86-87, 214-215; Guided Reading: V1L40: 3, 12, 14, 21

• Retell actions of the story in sequence, explain the theme and describe the characters and setting.

Shared Reading: Students given opportunities during Review and Reflect and Pause and Reflect exercises: 40, 42, 44, 46, 50, 52, 54, 56, 66, 68, 70, 72, 76, 78, 80, 82, 86, 88, 90, 92, 96, 98, 100, 102, 106, 108, 110, 112, 122, 124, 126, 132, 134, 136, 138, 142, 144, 146, 148, 152, 154, 156, 158, 168, 170, 172, 174, 178, 180, 182, 184, 188, 190, 192, 194, 198, 200, 202, 204, 214, 216, 218, 220, 224, 226, 228, 230, 234, 236, 238, 240, 244, 246, 248, 250, 254, 256, 258, 260, 270, 272, 274, 276, 280, 282, 284, 286, 290, 292, 294, 296, 300, 302, 304, 306, 316, 318, 320, 322, 326, 328, 330, 332, 336, 338, 340, 342, 346, 348, 350; Guided Reading: Students given opportunities during After Reading strategies: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

Grade 4 90 of 123

• Identify and define new words and concepts. Shared Reading: Teacher can expand on each new unit's text readings to identify and define new words and concepts: 64, 74, 84, 94, 104, 120, 130, 140, 150, 166, 176, 186, 196, 212, 222, 232, 242, 252, 268, 278, 288, 298, 314, 324, 334, 344; Guided Reading: Opportunities throughout lesson plans for students to identify and define new words and concepts: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

• Summarize the selection. Shared Reading: Students given opportunities during Review and Reflect and Pause and Reflect exercises: 40, 42, 44, 46, 50, 52, 54, 56, 66, 68, 70, 72, 76, 78, 80, 82, 86, 88, 90, 92, 96, 98, 100, 102, 106, 108, 110, 112, 122, 124, 126, 132, 134, 136, 138, 142, 144, 146, 148, 152, 154, 156, 158, 168, 170, 172, 174, 178, 180, 182, 184, 188, 190, 192, 194, 198, 200, 202, 204, 214, 216, 218, 220, 224, 226, 228, 230, 234, 236, 238, 240, 244, 246, 248, 250, 254, 256, 258, 260, 270, 272, 274, 276, 280, 282, 284, 286, 290, 292, 294, 296, 300, 302, 304, 306, 316, 318, 320, 322, 326, 328, 330, 332, 336, 338, 340, 342, 346, 348, 350; Guided Reading: Students given opportunities during After Reading strategies: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

Speak using skills appropriate to formal speech situations. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 76-83, 86-93, 96-103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142-147, 152157, 168-178, 178-185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224-231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290-297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336-343, 346353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

• Use complete sentences. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 76-83, 86-93, 96-103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142-147, 152157, 168-178, 178-185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224-231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290-297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336-343, 346353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

• Pronounce words correctly. Shared Reading: Teacher can expand on each new unit's text readings to determine student ability to pronounce words correctly: 64, 74, 84, 94, 104, 120, 130, 140, 150, 166, 176, 186, 196, 212, 222, 232, 242, 252, 268, 278, 288, 298, 314, 324, 334, 344; Guided Reading: Opportunities throughout lesson plans for teacher to determine student ability to pronounce words correctly: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

Grade 4 91 of 123

• Use appropriate volume. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 76-83, 86-93, 96-103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142-147, 152157, 168-178, 178-185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224-231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290-297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336-343, 346353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

• Pace speech so that it is understandable. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 76-83, 86-93, 96-103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142-147, 152157, 168-178, 178-185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224-231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290-297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336-343, 346353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

• Adjust content for different audiences (e.g., fellow classmates, parents).

Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 76-83, 86-93, 96-103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142-147, 152157, 168-178, 178-185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224-231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290-297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336-343, 346353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

• Speak with a purpose in mind. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 76-83, 86-93, 96-103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142-147, 152157, 168-178, 178-185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224-231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290-297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336-343, 346353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

Contribute to discussions. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 76-83, 86-93, 96-103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142-147, 152157, 168-178, 178-185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224-231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290-297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336-343, 346353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

• Ask relevant questions. Shared Reading: 49, 76-82, 86-89, 90-91, 97, 119, 134, 155, 173-174, 255, 259, 283, 295; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-2, 4, 8; V2L40: 30-31, 42

• Respond with relevant information or opinions to questions asked. Shared Reading: 49, 76-82, 86-89, 90-91, 97, 119, 134, 155, 173-174, 255, 259, 283, 295; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-2, 4, 8; V2L40: 30-31, 42

Grade 4 92 of 123

• Listen to and acknowledge the contributions of others. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 76-83, 86-93, 96-103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142-147, 152157, 168-178, 178-185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224-231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290-297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336-343, 346353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

• Adjust involvement to encourage equitable participation. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 76-83, 86-93, 96-103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142-147, 152157, 168-178, 178-185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224-231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290-297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336-343, 346353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

• Give reasons for opinions. Shared Reading: 224, 225, 240, 350, 351, 353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 4-6, 9-11, 15-17; V2L40: 24-25, 34-35, 38, 42, 44, 45

• Summarize, when prompted. Shared Reading: 59, 108-111, 284; Guided Reading: V1L40: 2; V2L40: 25

Participate in small and large group discussions and presentations. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 76-83, 86-93, 96-103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142-147, 152157, 168-178, 178-185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224-231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290-297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336-343, 346353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

• Participate in everyday conversation. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 76-83, 86-93, 96-103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142-147, 152157, 168-178, 178-185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224-231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290-297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336-343, 346353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

• Present oral readings. N/A

• Deliver research reports. N/A

• Conduct interviews. N/A

• Plan and participate in group presentations. N/A

• Contribute to informal debates. N/A

Grade 4 93 of 123

Use media for learning purposes. Shared Reading: 44, 353; Guided Reading: Teacher can build activities around lessons presented to reinforce standard; e.g.; V1L40: 8; V2L40: 42, 45

• Compare information received on television with that received on radio or in newspapers.


• Access information on Internet. N/A

• Discuss the reliability of information received on Internet sources. N/A

• Explain how film can represent either accurate versions or fictional versions of the same event.

N/A

• Explain the role of advertisers in the media. N/A

• Use a variety of images and sounds to create an effective presentation on a topic.



Identify words from other languages that are commonly used English words. Use a dictionary to find the meanings and origins of these words.

Teacher can use and expand upon ESL/ELL Support found throughout Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plan: Shared Reading: 47, 57, 73, 83, 93, 103, 113, 129, 139, 149, 159, 175, 185, 195, 205, 221, 231, 241, 251, 261, 277, 287, 297, 307, 323, 333, 343, 353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

Identify differences in formal and informal speech (e.g., dialect, slang, jargon).


Identify word meanings that have changed over time (e.g., cool, mouse). Teacher can use and expand upon ESL/ELL Support found throughout Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plan: Shared Reading: 47, 57, 73, 83, 93, 103, 113, 129, 139, 149, 159, 175, 185, 195, 205, 221, 231, 241, 251, 261, 277, 287, 297, 307, 323, 333, 343, 353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

Grade 4 94 of 123




Select and refine a topic for research. N/A


• Evaluate the usefulness and qualities of the sources. N/A

• Select appropriate sources (e.g., dictionaries, encyclopedias, other reference materials, interviews, observations, computer databases).

N/A

• Use tables of contents, indices, key words, cross-references and appendices. N/A




• Present the topic using relevant information. N/A

• Credit sources using a structured format (e.g., author, title). N/A

Grade 4 95 of 123

ASSESSMENT ANCHOR


R4.A.1.1 Identify and interpret the meaning of vocabulary Determined throughout Fiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 39, 45-47, 68, 220-221, 263, 305, 326-327; Guided Reading: V1L40: 3, 7, 12-14, 18, 20-21, 23; V2L40: 28-29, 31-32, 36-37, 39-41


Determined throughout Fiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 39, 45-47, 68, 220-221, 263, 305, 326-327; Guided Reading: V1L40: 3, 7, 12-14, 18, 20-21, 23; V2L40: 28-29, 31-32, 36-37, 39-41



R4.A.1.2 Identify and apply word recognition skills. Determined throughout Fiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 39, 45-47, 68, 220-221, 263, 305, 326-327; Guided Reading: V1L40: 3, 7, 12-14, 18, 20-21, 23; V2L40: 28-29, 31-32, 36-37, 39-41





R4.A.1.3 Make inferences, draw conclusions, and make generalizations based on text.




R4.A.1.3.2 Cite evidence from text to support generalizations. Determined throughout Fiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 39, 45-47, 68, 220-221, 263, 305, 326-327; Guided Reading: V1L40: 3, 7, 12-14, 18, 20-21, 23; V2L40: 28-29, 31-32, 36-37, 39-41

R4.A.1.4 Identify and explain main ideas and relevant details. Determined throughout Fiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 39, 45-47, 68, 220-221, 263, 305, 326-327; Guided Reading: V1L40: 3, 7, 12-14, 18, 20-21, 23; V2L40: 28-29, 31-32, 36-37, 39-41

Grade 4 96 of 123



R4.A.1.5 Summarize a fictional text as a whole. Determined throughout Fiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 39, 45-47, 68, 220-221, 263, 305, 326-327; Guided Reading: V1L40: 3, 7, 12-14, 18, 20-21, 23; V2L40: 28-29, 31-32, 36-37, 39-41

R4.A.1.5.1 Summarize the key details and events of a fictional text as a whole.


R4.A.1.6 Identify and describe, genre of text. Determined throughout Fiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 39, 45-47, 68, 220-221, 263, 305, 326-327; Guided Reading: V1L40: 3, 7, 12-14, 18, 20-21, 23; V2L40: 28-29, 31-32, 36-37, 39-41

R4.A.1.6.1 Identify intended purpose of text. Determined throughout Fiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 39, 45-47, 68, 220-221, 263, 305, 326-327; Guided Reading: V1L40: 3, 7, 12-14, 18, 20-21, 23; V2L40: 28-29, 31-32, 36-37, 39-41

R4.A.1.6.2 Identify and/or describe examples of text that support its intended purpose.




Determined throughout nonfiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 44, 207, 256, 257, 260, 261; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-2, 4-6, 8-11, 15-17, 19, 22; V2L40: 24-27, 30, 33-35, 38, 42-45





R4.A.2.2 Identify and apply word recognition skills. Determined throughout nonfiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 44, 207, 256, 257, 260, 261; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-2, 4-6, 8-11, 15-17, 19, 22; V2L40: 24-27, 30, 33-35, 38, 42-45



Grade 4 97 of 123







R4.A.2.3.2 Cite evidence from text to support generalizations. Determined throughout nonfiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 44, 207, 256, 257, 260, 261; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-2, 4-6, 8-11, 15-17, 19, 22; V2L40: 24-27, 30, 33-35, 38, 42-45

R4.A.2.4 Identify and explain main ideas and relevant details. Determined throughout nonfiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 44, 207, 256, 257, 260, 261; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-2, 4-6, 8-11, 15-17, 19, 22; V2L40: 24-27, 30, 33-35, 38, 42-45



R4.A.2.5 Summarize a non-fictional text as a whole. Determined throughout nonfiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 44, 207, 256, 257, 260, 261; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-2, 4-6, 8-11, 15-17, 19, 22; V2L40: 24-27, 30, 33-35, 38, 42-45



R4.A.2.6 Identify and describe genre of text. Determined throughout nonfiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 44, 207, 256, 257, 260, 261; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-2, 4-6, 8-11, 15-17, 19, 22; V2L40: 24-27, 30, 33-35, 38, 42-45

R4.A.2.6.1 Identify intended purpose of text. Determined throughout nonfiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 44, 207, 256, 257, 260, 261; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-2, 4-6, 8-11, 15-17, 19, 22; V2L40: 24-27, 30, 33-35, 38, 42-45



Grade 4 98 of 123


R4.B.1.1 Identify, interpret, compare, describe, and analyze components of fiction and literary nonfiction.

Teacher evaluates student ability to meet standard through after reading strategies found throughout Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: Nonfiction: 44, 207, 256, 257, 260, 261; Fiction: 39, 45-47, 68, 220-221, 263, 305, 326-327; Guided Reading: Nonfiction: V1L40: 1-2, 4-6, 8-11, 15-17, 19, 22; V2L40: 24-27, 30, 33-35, 38, 42-45; Fiction: V1L40: 3, 7, 12-14, 18, 20-21, 23; V2L40: 28-29, 3132, 36-37, 39-41

R4.B.1.1.1 Identify interpret, compare, describe, and/or analyze components of fiction and literary nonfiction.

Teacher evaluates student ability to meet standard through after reading strategies found throughout Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: Nonfiction: 44, 207, 256, 257, 260, 261; Fiction: 39, 45-47, 68, 220-221, 263, 305, 326-327; Guided Reading: Nonfiction: V1L40: 1-2, 4-6, 8-11, 15-17, 19, 22; V2L40: 24-27, 30, 33-35, 38, 42-45; Fiction: V1L40: 3, 7, 12-14, 18, 20-21, 23; V2L40: 28-29, 3132, 36-37, 39-41


Shared Reading: 272, 273, 275; Guided Reading: V1l40: 3, 7, 12, 13, 18, 20-21, 23; V2L40: 26, 28, 32, 39-40

Identify, interpret, compare, describe and/or analyze character actions, motives, dialogue, emotions/feelings, traits, and relationships among characters within fictional or literary non-fictional text.


Identify, interpret, compare, describe, and/or analyze the relationship between characters and other components of text.


Setting: Shared Reading: 161, 188, 194, 204; Guided Reading: V1L40: 12, 20-21; V2L40

Identify, interpret, compare describe, and/or analyze the setting of fiction or literary nonfiction.

Shared Reading: 161, 188, 194, 204; Guided Reading: V1L40: 12, 20-21; V2L40

Identify, interpret, compare describe, and/or analyze the relationship between setting and other components of text.

Shared Reading: 161, 188, 194, 204; Guided Reading: V1L40: 12, 20-21; V2L40

Grade 4 99 of 123

Plot (may also be called action): Shared Reading: 178, 179, 192, 193; Guided Reading: V1L40: 12-13,

18, 23; V2L40: 36-37 Identify, explain, interpret, compare, and/or describe

elements of the plot (conflict/problem, sequence of events, cause and effect relationships in the plot, how the problem was solved).

Shared Reading: 178, 179, 192, 193; Guided Reading: V1L40: 12-13, 18, 23; V2L40: 36-37

Theme: Shared Reading: 161, 200-203; Guided Reading: V1L40: 14, 18, 23; V2L40: 28, 36, 37, 39, 44

Identify, explain, compare, and/or describe the message or lesson of fiction or literary nonfiction.

Shared Reading: 161, 200-203; Guided Reading: V1L40: 14, 18, 23; V2L40: 28, 36, 37, 39, 44

Identify, explain, compare and/or describe the relationship between the message or lesson and other components of text.

Shared Reading: 161, 200-203; Guided Reading: V1L40: 14, 18, 23; V2L40: 28, 36, 37, 39, 44

R4.B.2 Understand literary devices in fictional and non-fictional text. R4.B.2.1 Identify and interpret figurative language in fiction and

nonfiction. Each new lesson offers opportunities for students to write, use and understand use of figurative language: Shared Reading: 66-73, 76-83, 86-93, 96-103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142147, 152-157, 168-175, 178-185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224-231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290-297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336343, 346-353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

R4.B.2.1.1 Identify, explain and/or interpret examples of personification in text.

Teacher can use any fiction/nonfiction lesson to reinforce standard: Shared Reading: 66-73, 76-83, 86-93, 96-103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142147, 152-157, 168-175, 178-185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224-231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290-297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336343, 346-353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

R4.B.2.1.2 Identify, explain and/or interpret examples of similes in text.


Grade 4 100 of 123

R4.B.2.1.3 Identify, explain and/or interpret examples of alliteration in text when its use is presumed intentional.



R4.B.3.1 Differentiate fact from opinion in non-fictional text. Shared Reading: 224, 225, 240, 350, 351, 353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 4-6, 9-11, 15-17; V2L40: 24-25, 34-35, 38, 42, 44, 45

R4.B.3.1.1 Identify, explain and/or interpret statements of fact and opinion in non-fictional text.

Shared Reading: 224, 225, 240, 350, 351, 353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 4-6, 9-11, 15-17; V2L40: 24-25, 34-35, 38, 42, 44, 45

R4.B.3.2 Distinguish between essential and nonessential information within texts.

Shared Reading: 110, 136, 137; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1, 2, 19; V2L40: 25, 29, 30, 44, 45

R4.B.3.2.1 Identify, explain, and/or interpret exaggeration (bias) where present in nonfictional text.

Shared Reading: 299, 346, 347, 353; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1

R4.B.3.3 Identify, compare, explain and interpret how text organization clarifies meaning of non-fictional text.

Shared Reading: 44, 207, 256, 257, 260, 261; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-2, 4-6, 8-11, 15-17, 19, 22; V2L40: 24-27, 30, 33-35, 38, 42-45

R4.B.3.3.1 Identify, explain and/or interpret text organization, including sequence, question/answer, comparison/contrast, cause/effect or problem/solution.

Shared Reading: 68-69, 73, 75, 207, 223, 244-251, 299; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-2, 4-9, 11-15, 17, 19-22; V2L40; 25-27, 29-31, 33, 35, 37-39, 41-43, 45


Shared Reading: 59, 65-72, 86-87, 109-111, 214-215, 229, 284; Guided Reading: V1L40: 1-4, 8, 12, 14, 16, 19, 21-22; V2L40: 25-26, 30-32, 38, 40, 42


Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: Each lessons includes opportunities for students to learn and use a variety of relevant graphics; graphic organizers on back of each lesson plan.

Grade 4 101 of 123

R4.B.3.3.4 Identify, compare, explain, interpret, describe, the sequence of steps in a list of directions

Shared Reading: Students given opportunities during Review and Reflect and Pause and Reflect exercises: 40, 42, 44, 46, 50, 52, 54, 56, 66, 68, 70, 72, 76, 78, 80, 82, 86, 88, 90, 92, 96, 98, 100, 102, 106, 108, 110, 112, 122, 124, 126, 132, 134, 136, 138, 142, 144, 146, 148, 152, 154, 156, 158, 168, 170, 172, 174, 178, 180, 182, 184, 188, 190, 192, 194, 198, 200, 202, 204, 214, 216, 218, 220, 224, 226, 228, 230, 234, 236, 238, 240, 244, 246, 248, 250, 254, 256, 258, 260, 270, 272, 274, 276, 280, 282, 284, 286, 290, 292, 294, 296, 300, 302, 304, 306, 316, 318, 320, 322, 326, 328, 330, 332, 336, 338, 340, 342, 346, 348, 350; Guided Reading: Before Reading/During Reading/After Reading strategies: V1L40: 1-23; V2L40: 24-45

Grade 5 102 of 123


Key: V1L50 - Volume 1 Level 50; V2L50 -Volume 2 Level 50


Establish the purpose for reading a type of text (literature, information) before reading.

Shared Reading: 124-125; Guided Reading: Determined in Before Reading strategies: V1L50: 1-23; V2L50: 24-45

Select texts for a particular purpose using the format of the text as a guide.

Teacher may expand upon text selections: Shared Reading: 32, 33, 40-45, 47, 126; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1-23; V2L50: 24-45

Use knowledge of phonics, syllabication, prefixes, suffixes, the dictionary or context clues to decode and understand new words during reading. Use these words accurately in writing and speaking.

Shared Reading: Each new unit contains new text for students to use language structure to read multi-syllabic words, e.g., 64, 74, 84, 94, 104, 120, 130, 140, 150, 166, 176, 186, 196, 212, 222, 232, 242, 252, 268, 278, 288, 298, 314, 324, 334, 344; Guided Reading: Each new Teaching Plan provides ample text for students to read multi-syllabic words: V1L50: 1-23; V2L50: 24-45

Identify the basic ideas and facts in text using strategies (e.g., prior knowledge, illustrations and headings) and information from other sources to make predictions about text.

Shared Reading: 70-71, 73, 85, 95, 106, 121, 128, 131, 167, 207, 216, 218-221, 234, 243, 253, 279, 283, 295, 325, 335; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1, 3, 4, 6, 9-11, 15, 17-21, 23; V2L50: 24-30, 32-33, 36, 38-45

Acquire a reading vocabulary by correctly identifying and using words (e.g., synonyms, homophones, homographs, words with roots, suffixes, prefixes). Use a dictionary or related reference.

Shared Reading: 85, 131, 187, 197; Guided Reading: V1L50: 4-5, 7, 16, 19-20, 22-23; V2L50: 33, 36, 40

Identify, understand the meaning of and use correctly key vocabulary from various subject areas.

Shared Reading: Teacher can use new text in each unit to fulfill standard, e.g., 64, 74, 84, 94, 104, 120, 130, 140, 150, 166, 176, 186, 196, 212, 222, 232, 242, 252, 268, 278, 288, 298, 314, 324, 334, 344; Guided Reading: V1L50: 3, 11, 14-15; V2L50: 28, 32, 39, 41

Grade 5 103 of 123


After reading strategies: Shared Reading: Nonfiction: 207, 244, 245, 250; Fiction: 46, 263, 276, 326, 341; Guided Reading: Nonfiction: V1L50: 1, 3-6, 9-11, 15, 17, 19-21, 23-24; V2L50: 2526, 28, 32-34, 39-41, 43-45; Fiction: V1L50: 2, 7-8, 12-14, 16, 18, 22; V2L50 29-31, 35-37, 42

• Summarize the major ideas, themes or procedures of the text. Shared Reading: 161, 200-203, 205, 218-219; Guided Reading: V1L50: 5, 7, 11; V2L50: 24, 26, 38, 44

• Relate new information or ideas from the text to that learned through additional reading and media (e.g., film, audiotape).

Several opportunities found throughout Teacher’s Guide to reinforce standard: e.g.; Shared Reading: 40, 42, 44, 113, 122, 124, 175, 221, 287, 307, 353; Guided Reading: Teacher can build activities around lessons presented to reinforce standard; e.g.; V1L50: 1, 4-6, 9, 17, 21; V2L50: 27, 32-34, 38

• Clarify ideas and understandings through rereading and discussion. Shared Reading: Each new unit contains text for students to listen to, read, and discuss: 76-83, 86-93, 96-103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142-147, 152-157, 168178, 178-185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224-231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290-297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336-343, 346-353; Guided Reading: Each new lesson contains opportunities for rereading and discussion: V1L50: 1-23; V2L50: 24-45


Teacher can determine through various after reading strategies: Shared Reading: 76-83, 86-93, 96-103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142-147, 152157, 168-178, 178-185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224-231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290-297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336-343, 346353; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1-23; V2L50: 24-45

• Extend ideas found in the text. Teacher can determine through various after reading strategies: Shared Reading: 76-83, 86-93, 96-103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142-147, 152157, 168-178, 178-185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224-231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290-297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336-343, 346353; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1-23; V2L50: 24-45

Demonstrate fluency and comprehension in reading. Shared Reading: Fluency: 75, 105, 151, 177, 233, 243, 269; Comprehension: 54, 55, 59, 263, 269, 272, 282, 293, 296; Guided Reading: Each new lesson contains after reading strategies to monitor comprehension and fluency.

Grade 5 104 of 123

• Read familiar materials aloud with accuracy. Each new lesson contains text with familiar concepts: Shared Reading: 76-83, 86-93, 96-103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142-147, 152157, 168-178, 178-185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224-231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290-297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336-343, 346353; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1-23; V2L50: 24-45

• Self-correct mistakes. To be determined by teacher through any reading/writing activity: Shared Reading: 76-83, 86-93, 96-103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142-147, 152157, 168-178, 178-185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224-231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290-297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336-343, 346353; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1-23; V2L50: 24-45

• Use appropriate rhythm, flow, meter and pronunciation. Teacher can evaluate through any reading lesson and: Shared Reading: 177, 269; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1-23; V2L50: 24-45

• Read a variety of genres and types of text. Shared Reading: Found throughout Teacher’s Guide: e.g.; 39, 46, 215; Guided Reading: Genre identified on the front cover of each new lesson plan.

• Demonstrate comprehension (Standard 1.1.5.G.). Shared Reading: 54, 55, 59, 263, 269, 272, 282, 293, 296; Guided Reading: Each new lesson contains after reading strategies to monitor.



Shared Reading: 207, 216, 256-259, 261; Guided Reading: V1L50: 3, 5, 11; V2L50: 32

• Differentiate fact from opinion across text. Shared Reading: 207, 218, 224, 225-226, 256, 351; Guided Reading: V1L50: 5, 20, 21; V2L50: 28, 32, 33, 42

• Distinguish between essential and nonessential information across a variety of texts, identifying stereotypes and exaggeration where present.


• Make inferences about similar concepts in multiple texts and draw conclusions.

Shared Reading: 115, 152-157, 207, 224-229, 236-237, 347; Guided Reading: V1L50: 3, 5, 6, 9, 11, 13, 15, 16, 18-21, 23; V2L50: 25, 30-31, 33, 35-36, 38-40, 42-43

Grade 5 105 of 123

• Evaluate text organization and content to determine the author’s purpose and effectiveness.

Opportunities found throughout Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans for student to evaluate text organization and content to determine the author’s purpose: e.g.; Shared Reading: 68-70, 153, 156-157, 167; Guided Reading: V1L50: 3, 4, 6, 9, 11, 17-18, 21, 24; V2L50: 25-26, 31, 33-34, 36, 39-41, 45

Use and understand a variety of media and evaluate the quality of material produced.


• Use a variety of media (e.g., computerized card catalogues, encyclopedias) for research.


• Evaluate the role of media as a source of both entertainment and information. N/A

• Use established criteria to design and develop a media project (e.g., script, play, audiotape) for a targeted audience.

N/A


Opportunities throughout text for students to produce work in a variety of genres: Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1-23; V2L50: 24-45


Read and understand works of literature. Each new lesson contains multiple opportunities to read and understand works of literature: Shared Reading: 76-83, 86-93, 96-103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142-147, 152157, 168-178, 178-185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224-231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290-297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336-343, 346353; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1-23; V2L50: 24-45

Grade 5 106 of 123

Compare the use of literary elements within and among texts including characters, setting, plot, theme and point of view.

Shared Reading: Character: 161, 178-184, 317; Setting: 161, 188-190, 194, 195; Plot: 161, 189, 192-194; Theme: 161, 200-203, 205; Point of View: 167, 172, 173; Guided Reading: Character: V1L50: 4, 13-14, 18, 22; V2L50: 35-36, 38, 40; Setting: V1L50: 13; V2L50: 38; Plot: V1L50: 12; V2L50: 27, 37; Theme: V1L50: 7, 13; V2L50: 33, 38; Point of View: V1L50: 2

Describe how the author uses literary devices to convey meaning. Shared Reading: 167, 172, 173, 180, 269; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2; V2L50: 35, 36, 37

• Sound techniques (e.g., rhyme, rhythm, meter, alliteration). Established in earlier grades in the Good Habits, Great Readers program.

• Figurative language (e.g., personification, simile, metaphor, hyperbole). Shared Reading: 269; Guided Reading: V2L50: 35, 36

Identify and respond to the effects of sound and structure in poetry (e.g., alliteration, rhyme, verse form).

Established in earlier grades in the Good Habits, Great Readers program and: Shared Reading: 177

Analyze drama as information source, entertainment, persuasion or transmitter of culture.

Lessons can be developed to enable students to analyze drama: e.g.; Shared Reading: 338, 339; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1-23; V2L50: 24-45

Read and respond to nonfiction and fiction including poetry and drama. After reading strategies: Shared Reading: Nonfiction: 207, 244, 245, 250; Fiction: 46, 263, 276, 326, 341; Guided Reading: Nonfiction: V1L50: 1, 3-6, 9-11, 15, 17, 19-21, 23-24; V2L50: 2526, 28, 32-34, 39-41, 43-45; Fiction: V1L50: 2, 7-8, 12-14, 16, 18, 22; V2L50 29-31, 35-37, 42


Write poems, plays and multi-paragraph stories. Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2, 7, 16, 18, 22; V2L50: 27, 29, 36, 37, 42

• Include detailed descriptions of people, places and things. Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2, 7, 16, 18, 22; V2L50: 27, 29, 36, 37, 42

Grade 5 107 of 123

• Use relevant illustrations. Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2, 7, 16, 18, 22; V2L50: 27, 29, 36, 37, 42

• Utilize dialogue. Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2, 7, 16, 18, 22; V2L50: 27, 29, 36, 37, 42

• Apply literary conflict. Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2, 7, 16, 18, 22; V2L50: 27, 29, 36, 37, 42

• Include literary elements (Standard 1.3.5.B.). Shared Reading: Character: 161, 178-184, 317; Setting: 161, 188-190, 194, 195; Plot: 161, 189, 192-194; Theme: 161, 200-203, 205; Point of View: 167, 172, 173; Guided Reading: Character: V1L50: 4, 13-14, 18, 22; V2L50: 35-36, 38, 40; Setting: V1L50: 13; V2L50: 38; Plot: V1L50: 12; V2L50: 27, 37; Theme: V1L50: 7, 13; V2L50: 33, 38; Point of View: V1L50: 2

• Use literary devices (Standard 1.3.5.C.). Shared Reading: 167, 172, 173, 180, 269; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2; V2L50: 35, 36, 37

Write multi-paragraph informational pieces (e.g., essays, descriptions, letters, reports, instructions).

Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1, 4-6, 9-11, 13-15, 17, 19-21, 23-24; V2L50: 25-26, 28, 30-34, 38-41, 43-44

• Include cause and effect. Shared Reading: 213, 345; Guided Reading: V1L50: 4-5, 7, 10-12, 14, 17; V2L50: 26, 37, 39

• Develop a problem and solution when appropriate to the topic. Shared Reading: 299; Guided Reading: V1L50: 3, 8, 15, 22; V2L50: 30 • Use relevant graphics (e.g., maps, charts, graphs, tables, illustrations, photographs).

Shared Reading: 218, 270-274, 280, 281, 284, 286, 287; Guided Reading: Each lesson includes opportunities for students to learn and use a variety of graphics; graphic organizers on back of each lesson plan.

Grade 5 108 of 123

Write persuasive pieces with a clearly stated position or opinion and supporting detail, citing sources when needed.

Shared Reading: Write About It activities can be used: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L50: 3; V2L50: 45


Write with a sharp, distinct focus identifying topic, task and audience. Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2, 7, 16, 18, 22; V2L50: 27, 29, 36, 37, 42

Write using well-developed content appropriate for the topic. Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1, 4-6, 9-11, 13-15, 17, 19-21, 23-24; V2L50: 25-26, 28, 30-34, 38-41, 43-44

• Gather, organize and select the most effective information appropriate for the topic, task and audience.

Shared Reading: 218, 270-274, 280, 281, 284, 286, 287; Guided Reading: Each lesson includes opportunities for students to learn and use a variety of graphic organizers; graphic organizers on back of each lesson plan.

• Write paragraphs that have a topic sentence and supporting details. Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1, 4-6, 9-11, 13-15, 17, 19-21, 23-24; V2L50: 25-26, 28, 30-34, 38-41, 43-44

Write with controlled and/or subtle organization. Shared Reading: 218, 270-274, 280, 281, 284, 286, 287; Guided Reading: Each lesson includes opportunities for students to learn and use a variety of graphic organizers; graphic organizers on back of each lesson plan.

• Sustain a logical order within sentences and between paragraphs using meaningful transitions.

Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2, 7, 16, 18, 22; V2L50: 27, 29, 36, 37, 42

Grade 5 109 of 123

• Include an identifiable introduction, body and conclusion. Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1, 4-6, 9-11, 13-15, 17, 19-21, 23-24; V2L50: 25-26, 28, 30-34, 38-41, 43-44

Write with an understanding of the stylistic aspects of composition. Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2, 7, 16, 18, 22; V2L50: 27, 29, 36, 37, 42

• Use different types and lengths of sentences. Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1, 4-6, 9-11, 13-15, 17, 19-21, 23-24; V2L50: 25-26, 28, 30-34, 38-41, 43-44

• Use precise language including adjectives, adverbs, action verbs and specific details that convey the writer’s meaning.

Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2, 7, 16, 18, 22; V2L50: 27, 29, 36, 37, 42

• Develop and maintain a consistent voice. Shared Reading: 177, 269; Each new teaching plan contains multiple opportunities for teacher to model prosody: Guided Reading: V1L50: 1-23; V2L50: 24-45

Revise writing to improve organization and word choice; check the logic, order of ideas and precision of vocabulary.

Shared Reading: 218, 270-274, 280, 281, 284, 286, 287; Guided Reading: Each lesson includes opportunities for students to learn and use a variety of graphic organizers; graphic organizers on back of each lesson plan.

Edit writing using the conventions of language. Shared Reading: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2, 7, 16, 18, 22; V2L50: 27, 29, 36, 37, 42

• Spell common, frequently used words correctly. Shared Reading: Teacher can expand on each new unit's text readings to fulfill standard, e.g., 64, 74, 84, 94, 104, 120, 130, 140, 150, 166, 176, 186, 196, 212, 222, 232, 242, 252, 268, 278, 288, 298, 314, 324, 334, 344; Guided Reading: Opportunities through text readings and vocabulary words, e.g., V1L50: 1-23; V2L50: 24-45

• Use capital letters correctly. Established in early grades of Good Habits, Great Readers program and evaluated by teacher through any writing activity in texts.

• Punctuate correctly (periods, exclamation points, question marks, commas, quotation marks, apostrophes).


Grade 5 110 of 123

• Use nouns, pronouns, verbs, adjectives, adverbs and conjunctions, prepositions and interjections properly.






Listen to others. Shared Reading: Students given opportunities during Review and Reflect and Pause and Reflect exercises, e.g., 40, 42, 44, 46, 50, 52, 54, 56, 66, 68, 70, 72, 76, 78, 80, 82, 86, 88, 90, 92, 96, 98, 100, 102, 106, 108, 110, 112, 122, 124, 126, 132, 134, 136, 138, 142, 144, 146, 148, 152, 154, 156, 158, 168, 170, 172, 174, 178, 180, 182, 184, 188, 190, 192, 194, 198, 200, 202, 204, 214, 216, 218, 220, 224, 226, 228, 230, 234, 236, 238, 240, 244, 246, 248, 250, 254, 256, 258, 260, 270, 272, 274, 276, 280, 282, 284, 286, 290, 292, 294, 296, 300, 302, 304, 306, 316, 318, 320, 322, 326, 328, 330, 332, 336, 338, 340, 342, 346, 348, 350; Guided Reading: Students given opportunities during After Reading strategies: V1L50: 1-23; V2L50: 24-45

• Ask pertinent questions. Shared Reading: Students given opportunities during Review and Reflect and Pause and Reflect exercises, e.g., 40, 42, 44, 46, 50, 52, 54, 56, 66, 68, 70, 72, 76, 78, 80, 82, 86, 88, 90, 92, 96, 98, 100, 102, 106, 108, 110, 112, 122, 124, 126, 132, 134, 136, 138, 142, 144, 146, 148, 152, 154, 156, 158, 168, 170, 172, 174, 178, 180, 182, 184, 188, 190, 192, 194, 198, 200, 202, 204, 214, 216, 218, 220, 224, 226, 228, 230, 234, 236, 238, 240, 244, 246, 248, 250, 254, 256, 258, 260, 270, 272, 274, 276, 280, 282, 284, 286, 290, 292, 294, 296, 300, 302, 304, 306, 316, 318, 320, 322, 326, 328, 330, 332, 336, 338, 340, 342, 346, 348, 350; Guided Reading: Students given opportunities during After Reading strategies: V1L50: 1-23; V2L50: 24-45

• Distinguish relevant information, ideas and opinions from those that are irrelevant.


Grade 5 111 of 123

• Take notes when prompted. Shared Reading: 263, 276, 282, 283, 285, 286, 287; Guided Reading: Students use graphic organizers on back of each lesson plan.

Listen to a selection of literature (fiction and/or nonfiction). After reading strategies: Shared Reading: Nonfiction: 207, 244, 245, 250; Fiction: 46, 263, 276, 326, 341; Guided Reading: Nonfiction: V1L50: 1, 3-6, 9-11, 15, 17, 19-21, 23-24; V2L50: 2526, 28, 32-34, 39-41, 43-45; Fiction: V1L50: 2, 7-8, 12-14, 16, 18, 22; V2L50 29-31, 35-37, 42

• Relate it to what is known. Teacher activates prior knowledge thorough any reading activity: Shared Reading: Nonfiction: 207, 244, 245, 250; Fiction: 46, 263, 276, 326, 341; Guided Reading: Nonfiction: V1L50: 1, 3-6, 9-11, 15, 17, 19-21, 23-24; V2L50: 2526, 28, 32-34, 39-41, 43-45; Fiction: V1L50: 2, 7-8, 12-14, 16, 18, 22; V2L50 29-31, 35-37, 42

• Predict the result of the story actions. Shared Reading: 70-71, 73, 85, 95, 106, 121, 128, 131, 167, 207, 216, 218-221, 234, 243, 253, 279, 283, 295, 325, 335; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1, 3, 4, 6, 9-11, 15, 17-21, 23; V2L50: 24-30, 32-33, 36, 38-45

• Retell actions of the story in sequence, explain the theme and describe the characters and setting.

Shared Reading: Students given opportunities during Review and Reflect and Pause and Reflect exercises, e.g., 40, 42, 44, 46, 50, 52, 54, 56, 66, 68, 70, 72, 76, 78, 80, 82, 86, 88, 90, 92, 96, 98, 100, 102, 106, 108, 110, 112, 122, 124, 126, 132, 134, 136, 138, 142, 144, 146, 148, 152, 154, 156, 158, 168, 170, 172, 174, 178, 180, 182, 184, 188, 190, 192, 194, 198, 200, 202, 204, 214, 216, 218, 220, 224, 226, 228, 230, 234, 236, 238, 240, 244, 246, 248, 250, 254, 256, 258, 260, 270, 272, 274, 276, 280, 282, 284, 286, 290, 292, 294, 296, 300, 302, 304, 306, 316, 318, 320, 322, 326, 328, 330, 332, 336, 338, 340, 342, 346, 348, 350; Guided Reading: Students given opportunities during After Reading strategies: V1L50: 1-23; V2L50: 24-45

• Identify and define new words and concepts. Shared Reading: Teacher can expand on each new unit's text readings to identify and define new words and concepts: 46, 56, 72, 82, 92, 102, 112, 128, 138, 148, 158, 174, 184, 194, 204, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 276, 286, 296, 306, 322, 332, 342, 352; Guided Reading: Opportunities throughout lesson plans for students to identify and define new words and concepts: V1L50: 1-23; V2L50: 24-45

Grade 5 112 of 123

• Summarize the selection. Shared Reading: Students given opportunities during Review and Reflect and Pause and Reflect exercises, e.g., 40, 42, 44, 46, 50, 52, 54, 56, 66, 68, 70, 72, 76, 78, 80, 82, 86, 88, 90, 92, 96, 98, 100, 102, 106, 108, 110, 112, 122, 124, 126, 132, 134, 136, 138, 142, 144, 146, 148, 152, 154, 156, 158, 168, 170, 172, 174, 178, 180, 182, 184, 188, 190, 192, 194, 198, 200, 202, 204, 214, 216, 218, 220, 224, 226, 228, 230, 234, 236, 238, 240, 244, 246, 248, 250, 254, 256, 258, 260, 270, 272, 274, 276, 280, 282, 284, 286, 290, 292, 294, 296, 300, 302, 304, 306, 316, 318, 320, 322, 326, 328, 330, 332, 336, 338, 340, 342, 346, 348, 350; Guided Reading: Students given opportunities during After Reading strategies: V1L50: 1-23; V2L50: 24-45

Speak using skills appropriate to formal speech situations. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 58-59, 67-73, 87, 96-97, 100-102, 105-112, 114, 168, 214-215, 258-259, 263, 270-274, 276, 280-287, 289, 346; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2-6, 8-9, 11, 21; V2L50: 25, 27-29, 33, 38, 40-41

• Use complete sentences. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 58-59, 67-73, 87, 96-97, 100-102, 105-112, 114, 168, 214-215, 258-259, 263, 270-274, 276, 280-287, 289, 346; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2-6, 8-9, 11, 21; V2L50: 25, 27-29, 33, 38, 40-41

• Pronounce words correctly. Shared Reading: Teacher can expand on each new unit's text readings to fulfill standard, e.g., 64, 74, 84, 94, 104, 120, 130, 140, 150, 166, 176, 186, 196, 212, 222, 232, 242, 252, 268, 278, 288, 298, 314, 324, 334, 344; Guided Reading: Opportunities through text readings and vocabulary words, e.g., V1L50: 1-23; V2L50: 24-45

• Use appropriate volume. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 58-59, 67-73, 87, 96-97, 100-102, 105-112, 114, 168, 214-215, 258-259, 263, 270-274, 276, 280-287, 289, 346; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2-6, 8-9, 11, 21; V2L50: 25, 27-29, 33, 38, 40-41

• Pace speech so that it is understandable. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 58-59, 67-73, 87, 96-97, 100-102, 105-112, 114, 168, 214-215, 258-259, 263, 270-274, 276, 280-287, 289, 346; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2-6, 8-9, 11, 21; V2L50: 25, 27-29, 33, 38, 40-41

• Adjust content for different audiences (e.g., fellow classmates, parents). Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 58-59, 67-73, 87, 96-97, 100-102, 105-112, 114, 168, 214-215, 258-259, 263, 270-274, 276, 280-287, 289, 346; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2-6, 8-9, 11, 21; V2L50: 25, 27-29, 33, 38, 40-41

Grade 5 113 of 123

• Speak with a purpose in mind. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 58-59, 67-73, 87, 96-97, 100-102, 105-112, 114, 168, 214-215, 258-259, 263, 270-274, 276, 280-287, 289, 346; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2-6, 8-9, 11, 21; V2L50: 25, 27-29, 33, 38, 40-41

Contribute to discussions. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 58-59, 67-73, 87, 96-97, 100-102, 105-112, 114, 168, 214-215, 258-259, 263, 270-274, 276, 280-287, 289, 346; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2-6, 8-9, 11, 21; V2L50: 25, 27-29, 33, 38, 40-41

• Ask relevant questions. Shared Reading: 89, 96, 217, 254, 255; Guided Reading: V1L50: 8, 11; V2L50: 27, 40

• Respond with relevant information or opinions to questions asked. Shared Reading: 89, 96, 217, 254, 255; Guided Reading: V1L50: 8, 11; V2L50: 27, 40

• Listen to and acknowledge the contributions of others. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 58-59, 67-73, 87, 96-97, 100-102, 105-112, 114, 168, 214-215, 258-259, 263, 270-274, 276, 280-287, 289, 346; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2-6, 8-9, 11, 21; V2L50: 25, 27-29, 33, 38, 40-41

• Adjust involvement to encourage equitable participation. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 58-59, 67-73, 87, 96-97, 100-102, 105-112, 114, 168, 214-215, 258-259, 263, 270-274, 276, 280-287, 289, 346; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2-6, 8-9, 11, 21; V2L50: 25, 27-29, 33, 38, 40-41

• Give reasons for opinions. Shared Reading: 207, 218, 224, 225-226, 256, 351; Guided Reading: V1L50: 5, 20, 21; V2L50: 28, 32, 33, 42

• Summarize, when prompted. Shared Reading: 59, 65, 67, 106-112, 283-285; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2, 4, 9, 15

Participate in small and large group discussions and presentations. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 58-59, 67-73, 87, 96-97, 100-102, 105-112, 114, 168, 214-215, 258-259, 263, 270-274, 276, 280-287, 289, 346; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2-6, 8-9, 11, 21; V2L50: 25, 27-29, 33, 38, 40-41

• Participate in everyday conversation. Teacher determines through any class talking/speaking/reading activity: Shared Reading: 58-59, 67-73, 87, 96-97, 100-102, 105-112, 114, 168, 214-215, 258-259, 263, 270-274, 276, 280-287, 289, 346; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2-6, 8-9, 11, 21; V2L50: 25, 27-29, 33, 38, 40-41

• Present oral readings. N/A

• Deliver research reports. N/A

Grade 5 114 of 123

• Conduct interviews. N/A

• Plan and participate in group presentations. N/A

• Contribute to informal debates. N/A

Use media for learning purposes. Several opportunities found throughout Teacher’s Guide to reinforce standard: e.g.; Shared Reading: 40, 42, 44, 113, 122, 124, 175, 221, 287, 307, 353; Guided Reading: Teacher can build activities around lessons presented to reinforce standard; e.g.; V1L50: 1, 4-6, 9, 17, 21; V2L50: 27, 32-34, 38

• Compare information received on television with that received on radio or in newspapers.


• Access information on Internet. N/A

• Discuss the reliability of information received on Internet sources. N/A

• Explain how film can represent either accurate versions or fictional versions of the same event.

N/A

• Explain the role of advertisers in the media. N/A

• Use a variety of images and sounds to create an effective presentation on a topic.


Grade 5 115 of 123


Identify words from other languages that are commonly used English words. Use a dictionary to find the meanings and origins of these words.


Identify differences in formal and informal speech (e.g., dialect, slang, jargon).


Identify word meanings that have changed over time (e.g., cool, mouse). Teacher can use and expand upon ESL/ELL Support found throughout Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plan: Shared Reading: 47, 57, 73, 83, 93, 103, 113, 129, 139, 149, 159, 175, 185, 195, 205, 221, 231, 241, 251, 261, 277, 287, 297, 307, 323, 333, 343, 353; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1-23; V2L50: 24-45




Select and refine a topic for research. N/A


• Evaluate the usefulness and qualities of the sources. N/A

• Select appropriate sources (e.g., dictionaries, encyclopedias, other reference materials, interviews, observations, computer databases).

N/A

Grade 5 116 of 123

• Use tables of contents, indices, key words, cross-references and appendices. N/A




• Present the topic using relevant information. N/A

• Credit sources using a structured format (e.g., author, title). N/A

Grade 5 117 of 123

ASSESSMENT ANCHOR


R5.A.1.1 Identify and interpret the meaning of vocabulary Determined throughout Fiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 46, 263, 276, 326, 341; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2, 7-8, 12-14, 16, 18, 22; V2L50 29-31, 35-37, 42


Determined throughout Fiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 46, 263, 276, 326, 341; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2, 7-8, 12-14, 16, 18, 22; V2L50 29-31, 35-37, 42



R5.A.1.2 Identify and apply word recognition skills. Determined throughout Fiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 46, 263, 276, 326, 341; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2, 7-8, 12-14, 16, 18, 22; V2L50 29-31, 35-37, 42









R5.A.1.3.2 Cite evidence from text to support generalizations. Determined throughout Fiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 46, 263, 276, 326, 341; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2, 7-8, 12-14, 16, 18, 22; V2L50 29-31, 35-37, 42

R5.A.1.4 Identify and explain main ideas and relevant details. Determined throughout Fiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 46, 263, 276, 326, 341; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2, 7-8, 12-14, 16, 18, 22; V2L50 29-31, 35-37, 42

Grade 5 118 of 123



R5.A.1.5 Summarize a fictional text as a whole. Determined throughout Fiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 46, 263, 276, 326, 341; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2, 7-8, 12-14, 16, 18, 22; V2L50 29-31, 35-37, 42

R5.A.1.5.1 Summarize the key details and events of a fictional text as a whole.


R5.A.1.6 Identify and describe, genre of text. Determined throughout Fiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 46, 263, 276, 326, 341; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2, 7-8, 12-14, 16, 18, 22; V2L50 29-31, 35-37, 42

R5.A.1.6.1 Identify intended purpose of text. Determined throughout Fiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 46, 263, 276, 326, 341; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2, 7-8, 12-14, 16, 18, 22; V2L50 29-31, 35-37, 42


Determined throughout Fiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Guided Reading: 46, 263, 276, 326, 341; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2, 7-8, 12-14, 16, 18, 22; V2L50 29-31, 35-37, 42



Determined throughout Nonfiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 207, 244, 245, 250; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1, 3-6, 9-11, 15, 17, 19-21, 23-24; V2L50: 25-26, 28, 3234, 39-41, 43-45





R5.A.2.2 Identify and apply word recognition skills. Determined throughout Nonfiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 207, 244, 245, 250; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1, 3-6, 9-11, 15, 17, 19-21, 23-24; V2L50: 25-26, 28, 3234, 39-41, 43-45



Grade 5 119 of 123







R5.A.2.3.2 Cite evidence from text to support generalizations. Determined throughout Nonfiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 207, 244, 245, 250; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1, 3-6, 9-11, 15, 17, 19-21, 23-24; V2L50: 25-26, 28, 3234, 39-41, 43-45

R5.A.2.4 Identify and explain main ideas and relevant details. Determined throughout Nonfiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 207, 244, 245, 250; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1, 3-6, 9-11, 15, 17, 19-21, 23-24; V2L50: 25-26, 28, 3234, 39-41, 43-45



R5.A.2.5 Summarize a non-fictional text as a whole. Determined throughout Nonfiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 207, 244, 245, 250; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1, 3-6, 9-11, 15, 17, 19-21, 23-24; V2L50: 25-26, 28, 3234, 39-41, 43-45



R5.A.2.6 Identify and describe genre of text. Determined throughout Nonfiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 207, 244, 245, 250; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1, 3-6, 9-11, 15, 17, 19-21, 23-24; V2L50: 25-26, 28, 3234, 39-41, 43-45

R5.A.2.6.1 Identify intended purpose of text. Determined throughout Nonfiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 207, 244, 245, 250; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1, 3-6, 9-11, 15, 17, 19-21, 23-24; V2L50: 25-26, 28, 3234, 39-41, 43-45



Grade 5 120 of 123


R5.B.1.1 Identify, interpret, compare, describe, and analyze components of fiction and literary nonfiction.

Teacher evaluates student ability to meet standard through after reading strategies found throughout Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: Nonfiction: 207, 244, 245, 250; Fiction: 46, 263, 276, 326, 341; Guided Reading: Nonfiction: V1L50: 1, 3-6, 9-11, 15, 17, 19-21, 23-24; V2L50: 2526, 28, 32-34, 39-41, 43-45; Fiction: V1L50: 2, 7-8, 12-14, 16, 18, 22; V2L50 29-31, 35-37, 42

R5.B.1.1.1 Identify interpret, compare, describe, and/or analyze components of fiction and literary nonfiction.

Teacher evaluates student ability to meet standard through after reading strategies found throughout Teacher’s Guide and Teaching Plans: Shared Reading: Nonfiction: 207, 244, 245, 250; Fiction: 46, 263, 276, 326, 341; Guided Reading: Nonfiction: V1L50: 1, 3-6, 9-11, 15, 17, 19-21, 23-24; V2L50: 2526, 28, 32-34, 39-41, 43-45; Fiction: V1L50: 2, 7-8, 12-14, 16, 18, 22; V2L50 29-31, 35-37, 42


Shared Reading: 161, 178-184, 317; Guided Reading: V1L50: 4, 13-14, 18, 22; V2L50: 35-36, 38, 40

Identify, interpret, compare, describe and/or analyze character actions, motives, dialogue, emotions/feelings, traits, and relationships among characters within fictional or literary non-fictional text.


Identify, interpret, compare, describe, and/or analyze the relationship between characters and other components of text.


Setting: Shared Reading: 161, 188-190, 194, 195; Guided Reading: V1L50: 13; V2L50: 38

Identify, interpret, compare describe, and/or analyze the setting of fiction or literary nonfiction.

Shared Reading: 161, 188-190, 194, 195; Guided Reading: V1L50: 13; V2L50: 38

Identify, interpret, compare describe, and/or analyze the relationship between setting and other components of text.

Shared Reading: 161, 188-190, 194, 195; Guided Reading: V1L50: 13; V2L50: 38

Plot (may also be called action): Shared Reading: 161, 189, 192-194; Guided Reading: V1L50: 12; V2L50: 27, 37

Identify, interpret, compare, describe, and/or analyze elements of the plot (conflict, rising action, climax and/or resolution).

Shared Reading: 161, 189, 192-194; Guided Reading: V1L50: 12; V2L50: 27, 37

Grade 5 121 of 123

Identify, interpret, compare, describe, and/or analyze the relationship between elements of the plot and other components of text.

Shared Reading: 161, 189, 192-194; Guided Reading: V1L50: 12; V2L50: 27, 37

Theme: Shared Reading: 161, 200-203, 205; Guided Reading: V1L50: 7, 13; V2L50: 33, 38

Identify, interpret, compare, describe, and/or analyze the theme of fiction or literary nonfiction.

Shared Reading: 161, 200-203, 205; Guided Reading: V1L50: 7, 13; V2L50: 33, 38

Identify, interpret, compare, describe, and/or analyze the relationship between the theme and other components of text.

Shared Reading: 161, 200-203, 205; Guided Reading: V1L50: 7, 13; V2L50: 33, 38

R5.B.1.2 Make connections between texts. Shared Reading: 133, 142, 143, 144, 145, 147, 148, 339; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1, 3, 5, 10, 18, 19, 20, 23; V2L50: 25, 28, 30, 39, 40, 42, 43

R5.B.1.2.1 Identify, interpret, compare, describe, and/or analyze, connections between texts.

Shared Reading: 133, 142, 143, 144, 145, 147, 148, 339; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1, 3, 5, 10, 18, 19, 20, 23; V2L50: 25, 28, 30, 39, 40, 42, 43

R5.B.2 Understand literary devices in fictional and non-fictional text.

R5.B.2.1 Identify interpret, and describe figurative language in fiction and nonfiction.

Each new lesson offers opportunities for students to write, use and understand use of figurative language: Shared Reading: 40-47, 50-67, 64-72, 76-83, 86-93, 96-103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142-147, 152-157, 168-175, 178-185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290-297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336-343, 346-353; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1-24; V2L50: 25-45

R5.B.2.1.1 Identify, interpret, and/or describe examples of personification in text.

Teacher can use any fiction/nonfiction lesson to reinforce standard: Shared Reading: 40-47, 50-67, 64-72, 76-83, 86-93, 96-103, 106-113, 122-127, 132-137, 142-147, 152-157, 168-175, 178-185, 188-195, 198-205, 214-221, 224231, 234-241, 244-251, 254-261, 270-277, 280-287, 290-297, 300-307, 316-323, 326-333, 336-343, 346-353; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1-24; V2L50: 25-45

R5.B.2.1.2 Identify, interpret, and/or describe examples of similes in text.


Grade 5 122 of 123

R5.B.2.1.3 Identify, interpret, and/or describe examples of alliteration in text when its use is presumed intentional.


R5.B.2.1.4 Identify, interpret, and/or describe examples of metaphors in text.


R5.B.2.2 Identify, interpret, and describe, the point of view of the narrator in fictional and non-fictional text.

Shared Reading: 167, 172, 173; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2

R5.B.2.2.1 Identify, interpret, and describe the point of view of the narrator as first person or third person point of view.


R5.B.2.1.2 Interpret and/or describe the effectiveness of the point of view used by the author.



R5.B.3.1 Differentiate fact from opinion in non-fictional text. Shared Reading: 207, 218, 224, 225-226, 256, 351; Guided Reading: V1L50: 5, 20, 21; V2L50: 28, 32, 33, 42


Shared Reading: 207, 218, 224, 225-226, 256, 351; Guided Reading: V1L50: 5, 20, 21; V2L50: 28, 32, 33, 42

R5.B.3.2 Distinguish between essential and nonessential information between text.


R5.B.3.2.1 Describe how the author uses exaggeration (bias) in non-fictional text.

Shared Reading: 346, 347, 353; Guided Reading: V1L50: 3, 10, 11, 20-24

R5.B.3.3 Identify and interpret, how text organization clarifies meaning of non-fictional text.



Shared Reading: 58-59, 67-73, 87, 96-97, 100-102, 105-112, 114, 168, 214-215, 258-259, 263, 270-274, 276, 280-287, 289, 346; Guided Reading: V1L50: 2-6, 8-9, 11, 21; V2L50: 25, 27-29, 33, 38, 40-41

Grade 5 123 of 123


Shared Reading: 70-71, 73, 85, 95, 106, 121, 128, 131, 167, 207, 216, 218-221, 234, 243, 253, 279, 283, 295, 325, 335; Guided Reading: V1L50: 1, 3, 4, 6, 9-11, 15, 17-21, 23; V2L50: 24-30, 32-33, 36, 38-45


Determined throughout Nonfiction readings, lessons, and activities: Shared Reading: 207, 244, 245, 250; Guided Reading: Graphic organizers on back of each card: V1L50: 1, 3-6, 9-11, 15, 17, 19-21, 23-24; V2L50: 25-26, 28, 32-34, 39-41, 43-45

R5.B.3.3.4 Identify, compare, explain, interpret, describe, the sequence of steps in a list of directions


Pearson Educationassets.pearsonschool.com/correlations/PA_GHGR_GK-5.pdf · 2016. 6. 10. · Each...

Documents

Transcript of Pearson Educationassets.pearsonschool.com/correlations/PA_GHGR_GK-5.pdf · 2016. 6. 10. · Each...